13.05.2014 Views

ND TOURISM- FINAL

ND TOURISM- FINAL

ND TOURISM- FINAL

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION<br />

___________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />

CURRICULUM A<strong>ND</strong> COURSE SPECIFICATION<br />

LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT (NATIONAL DIPLOMA)<br />

NOVEMBER 2004<br />

__________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />

PLOT B BIDA ROAD, KADUNA


NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

GOAL A<strong>ND</strong> OBJECTIVES<br />

GOAL<br />

This programme is designed to produce Tourism personnel capable of planning, managing and promoting leisure and tourism activities, such as travel and tours, in door and out door activities for leisure<br />

and recreation, education and business.<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

At the end of the course, the diplomat should be able to carry out the following tasks:-<br />

1. Assist the tourism officer in carrying out simple tourism research and preparing reports on tourism and travel opportunities in a locality<br />

2. Organize indoor and outdoor functions such as tours, excursions, events and other forms of group engagements.<br />

3. Supervise medium-sized travel agencies, and related establishments, reservations, issue tickets and determine fares for tourist groups and individuals<br />

4. Guide tourists<br />

5. Assist in organizing fairs to promote trade through tourism<br />

6. Organize and manage public entertainments and recreation<br />

7. Assist in guest relation activities and service delivery in hospitality establishments.<br />

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS<br />

1. The minimum entry requirement into the National Diploma in Leisure and Tourism Management is four credit level passes in the West African School Certificate (WASC), Senior Secondary<br />

School Certificate (SSSC) General Certificate of Education (GCE) Ordinary Level, or NECO in not more than two sittings. The subjects must include English Language and Geography; and<br />

any two from the following: History, Economics, Government, Mathematics, Biology, Food and Nutrition, and French.<br />

2. Candidates who have successfully completed the Board’s recognized Pre-National Diploma (Science and Technology) course may be admitted into this programme. Such student must have<br />

passed English Language and Geography; and any two of History, Economics, Government, Mathematics, Biology, Food and Nutrition, French at WASC, SSSC, GCE ‘O’ LEVEL OR<br />

NEC+O or their equivalent in not more than two sittings.<br />

2


NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAMENT<br />

CURRICULUM TABLE<br />

YEAR 1 SEMESTER 1<br />

Course Code Course Title L P TOTAL Prerequisite<br />

LTM 111<br />

LTM 112<br />

HMT 111<br />

LTM 114<br />

LTM 115<br />

LTM 116<br />

LTM 121<br />

OTM 101<br />

GNS 111<br />

HMT 112<br />

Leisure and Tourism Principles<br />

Transportation<br />

Introduction to Hospitality<br />

Geography of Tourism<br />

Tourism Marketing<br />

Computer Application I<br />

Airline and Travel Agency Operations<br />

Technical English I<br />

Citizenship Education<br />

French Language I<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

-<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

TOTAL 15 20 35<br />

GNS 101 See General Studies Syllabus, HMT “ Hospitality Management Syllabus<br />

YEAR 1 SEMESTER II<br />

Course Code Course Title L P TOTAL Prerequisite<br />

HMT 127<br />

LTM 122<br />

LTM 123<br />

LTM 124<br />

LTM 125<br />

HMT 124<br />

HTM 121<br />

GMS 124<br />

Principles of Accounting I<br />

Sales Techniques<br />

Information Technology for Tourism<br />

Computer Application II<br />

Special Interest Tourism<br />

Front Office Operation<br />

French Language II<br />

Citizenship Education II<br />

1<br />

1<br />

-<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

-<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

2<br />

LTM 115<br />

LTM 116<br />

LTM 116<br />

LMT 111<br />

HTM 112<br />

GNS 112<br />

GNS 201 Technical English II<br />

2 2<br />

4<br />

TOTAL 12 19 31<br />

GNS See “ General Studies Syllabus., HMT See Hospitality Management Syllabus<br />

3


YEAR II SEMESTER I<br />

Course Code Course Title L P TOTAL Prerequisite<br />

LTM 211<br />

LTM 212<br />

LTM 213<br />

BAM 114<br />

HMT 236<br />

ACCT 121<br />

Airfare and Ticketing 1<br />

Leisure and Tourism Management<br />

Tourism Promotion<br />

Principles of Economics<br />

Hospitality Management<br />

Principles of Accounting II<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

-<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

2<br />

6<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

LTM 111<br />

LTM 122<br />

HMT 127<br />

OTM 222<br />

OTM 214<br />

Communication Skills<br />

Office Practice<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

4<br />

13 16 29<br />

GNS See: General Studies Syllabus, BAM, See: Business Administration Syllabus (<strong>ND</strong>), OTM “ Office and technology and management syllabus, ACC “ Accounting Syllabus<br />

YEAR II SEMESTER II<br />

Course Code Course Title L P TOTAL Prerequisite<br />

LTM 221<br />

Sustainable Tourism<br />

2<br />

-<br />

2<br />

LTM 222<br />

Arts, Heritage and Culture<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

LTM 223<br />

Tour Operations<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

LTM 224<br />

Air-fares and Ticketing II<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

LTM 211<br />

LTM 225<br />

Project<br />

-<br />

6<br />

6<br />

LTM 226<br />

Small Business Management<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

HMT 245<br />

Business Accounting for Hospitality and Tourism<br />

2<br />

0<br />

2<br />

OTM 221<br />

Web Page Design<br />

1<br />

3<br />

4<br />

TOTAL 12 19 31<br />

GNS See General Studies Syllabus, HMT “Hospitality Management Syllabus, OTM See Office Technology Management Syllabus<br />

4


PROGRAMME:<br />

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

CODE: LTM111 CREDIT HOUR 3<br />

COURSE: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> PRINCIPLES Theoretical: 1 hours/week -<br />

Year : 1 Semester: 1<br />

Practical 2 hours/week -<br />

GOAL:- This course is designed to enable the student acquire knowledge on the meaning and definition of Leisure and<br />

Tourism.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:- On completion of this course, the diplomats should be able to:-<br />

8. Know the meaning and definition of leisure and tourism<br />

9. Understand the basic and major leisure and tourism terminologies.<br />

10. Understand the concept and nature of leisure in tourism<br />

11. Understand the concept and methods of approaches to leisure and tourism studies.<br />

12. Understand the historic perspective of leisure travel and tourism.<br />

13. Recognize the main factors responsible for the growth and trends in leisure and tourism.<br />

5


Department/ Programme: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

PRINCIPLES<br />

Course Code: LTM 111 Contact Hours: 3-0<br />

Credit Hours 3.0<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

Year: 1<br />

Prerequisite:<br />

Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

Semester: 1<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

General Objectives 1.0: Know the meaning and definition of leisure and tourism 1.1.<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Resources<br />

6


1<br />

1.1. Define leisure and tourism (leisure as part of the tourist needs<br />

Lecture and guidelines for<br />

OHTs and OHT’s<br />

1.2. Identification of<br />

guidelines given<br />

student to<br />

and wants)<br />

discussion, use of examples<br />

projectors or<br />

Leisure and<br />

for group<br />

collect<br />

Power Point<br />

Tourism forms<br />

discussion<br />

2/brochures<br />

Projectors<br />

1.3. familiarization<br />

(students to be<br />

from travel<br />

1.2. Explain W.T.O.’s definition of International Tourist<br />

Text books (this is<br />

with WTO<br />

divided in pairs or<br />

agents and<br />

valid for all other<br />

website the<br />

group of 3/4<br />

work in group<br />

lecture delivered<br />

WTO website<br />

depending on class<br />

using<br />

1.3 Distinguish between a tourist, traveler, visitor and<br />

in the<br />

1.4. identification of<br />

size) on brochures<br />

fleepcharts or<br />

2<br />

excursionist.<br />

programme),<br />

leisure and<br />

and internet based<br />

OHTs, color<br />

brochures,<br />

tourism<br />

research<br />

pens<br />

journals,<br />

activities (based<br />

Internet<br />

magazines, slides,<br />

on students’<br />

film etc<br />

personal<br />

Tourism A<br />

experiences)<br />

modern synthesis<br />

1.5. Evaluation of<br />

1.4 Explain the definition of tourism and tourist as propounded<br />

by Stephen J. Page<br />

typical Nigeria<br />

3<br />

by different schools of thought<br />

Paul Brunt to<br />

examples<br />

cornel&<br />

Participatory<br />

Understanding<br />

discussion.<br />

tourism by Prof.<br />

Medlik.<br />

Heinemann<br />

Publisher<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective : 2.0 Understand the basic and major tourism terminologies<br />

2.1 Define and explain the role of the following:<br />

Lecture with examples and<br />

Text books,<br />

Divide class into<br />

4<br />

i. Tourist product<br />

illustration to include national<br />

brochures,<br />

2.1, 2.2 and 2.3<br />

groups (of 2/3/ or<br />

ii. Tourist service<br />

and international cases<br />

journals,<br />

4 according to<br />

iii. Tourist market’<br />

magazines, slides,<br />

numbers). Let<br />

iv. Tourist destination<br />

film etc<br />

each group<br />

v. Tourist attraction<br />

Tourism A<br />

research into one<br />

vi. Tourist resources<br />

modern synthesis<br />

of the listed topics<br />

7


vii. Infrastructure and superstructure<br />

by Stephen J. Page<br />

(can be assigned<br />

viii. Information Air Transport Association<br />

Paul Brunt to<br />

by drawing topics<br />

(IATA)<br />

cornel &<br />

from an hut –<br />

Understanding<br />

student to do this).<br />

5<br />

xi.<br />

World Tourism Organization (WTO)<br />

tourism by Prof.<br />

Student to produce<br />

xii.<br />

International Civil Aviation Organization<br />

Medlik.<br />

a working papers<br />

xiii.<br />

Jet lag<br />

Heinemann<br />

to be discussed by<br />

xiv.<br />

Inclusive tour<br />

Publisher<br />

each group in the<br />

class<br />

2.2. Emphasize the features and characteristic of the<br />

aforementioned terms<br />

WEEK<br />

6<br />

General Objective 3.0: Understand the concept and nature of leisure in tourism<br />

3.1 Define and explain leisure and leisure time<br />

Lecture with examples and An Introduction to<br />

3.2 Explain the importance and value of leisure in tourism illustration to include local travel and tourism<br />

Identifying leisure<br />

and recreation<br />

Undertake a<br />

fieldtrip to local<br />

Vehicles<br />

3.3 Distinguish between recreation, entertainment and<br />

cases<br />

by Pram Nath and<br />

provision in the<br />

recreation<br />

7<br />

amusement in the context of leisure<br />

Sushma Seth 1998<br />

locality<br />

facilities in town.<br />

3.4 List various activities of the tourist that have leisure motives<br />

INCLUDE<br />

Show recreation<br />

LEISURE<br />

centres to students.<br />

TEXTBOOK<br />

Students to report<br />

on fieldtrip.<br />

8<br />

General Objective 4.0 : Understand the concept, methods of approaches to tourism studies<br />

4.1 Explain the following approaches used to study tourism: Treat in logical order through Tourism<br />

i) Product approach<br />

delivery of lecture<br />

management text<br />

ii) Historical approach<br />

books<br />

Compare faultiest to<br />

determine those<br />

suitable for different<br />

Explain<br />

Management of<br />

recreation<br />

.<br />

iii)<br />

Management approach<br />

age groups<br />

facilities and<br />

target client<br />

9<br />

iv)<br />

Economic approach<br />

v) Sociological approach<br />

vi)<br />

Inter-dispensary approach<br />

General Objective 5.0:Understand the historical prospective of leisure, travel and tourism<br />

8


10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

Assessment:<br />

5.1 Explain the beginning of tourism<br />

Lecture on the historic<br />

5.2 Explain the growth of tourism during ages of coal and steam<br />

engines<br />

development of Tourism from<br />

stone age to date<br />

5.3 Explain the development of tourism in the modern age.<br />

Tourism:- A show an<br />

modern synthesis understanding of the<br />

by:-<br />

leisure, travel and<br />

Stephen J. Page tourism development<br />

Paul Binnt patterns.<br />

J.O. cornel<br />

+<br />

General Objective 6.0: Recognize the main factors responsible for the growth and trends in tourism<br />

6.1 Explain tourism demand factor<br />

Lecture on the topics with Bunkart and understand the<br />

references to be made on the Medlik (1991)<br />

6.2 Examine the importance of the factor in tourism development trends in Nigeria<br />

Tourism past<br />

present and<br />

6.3 Explain the characteristics of each factor<br />

future<br />

Heinemann<br />

6.4 Explain the factors responsible for the enhancement of tourism<br />

demand in modern times.<br />

press<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Individual Report on the fieldtrip highlighting positive and negative elements of the site visited 50 %<br />

Group presentation on Leisure and Tourism in a Nigerian locality chosen by the student 50%<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Page et al (2001) Tourism: A modern synthesis, London: Thomson<br />

Cundell (1997) Business systems for leisure and tourism, London Hodder and Stoughton<br />

connection existing<br />

between demand and<br />

the Nigerian contex<br />

student to take<br />

note during<br />

video and<br />

discuss content<br />

student to<br />

identify under<br />

guidelines of<br />

the tutor current<br />

Nigerian trends<br />

using examples<br />

form the<br />

locality. Which<br />

are the main<br />

reasons for<br />

Nigerian to<br />

travel nationally<br />

and<br />

internationally?<br />

Why people<br />

travel to<br />

Nigeria?<br />

Video on<br />

the Gran<br />

Tour by the<br />

BBC<br />

9


PROGRAMME:<br />

CODE: LTM112 CREDIT HOUR 3<br />

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

COURSE: TRANSPORTATION Theoretical: 1 hours/week -<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1<br />

Practical 2 hours/week -<br />

GOAL:- This course is designed to enable the student acquire basic knowledge of transportation.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES: On completion of this course, the diplomate should be able to :<br />

1.0 Understand transport as a public utility service<br />

2.0 Understand the growth and development of Nigeria’s transport industry<br />

3.0 Understand the nature of transport demand and investment.<br />

4.0 Understand the different types of transport operations and operators.<br />

5.0 Understand the transport network (Rail, Road and Metro lines).<br />

6.0 Understand the structure and control of transport firms<br />

7.0 Know the structure of Nigeria transport organizations both trade<br />

and professional bodies<br />

8.0 Understand the growth and development of international transport<br />

9.0 Understand the services offered by transport organizations<br />

10.0 Understand the legal aspects of transportation<br />

11.0 Understand transport planning principles and methods.<br />

10


NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Course Code: LTM Credit Hours 3<br />

112<br />

Course: TRANSPORTATION Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

Wee<br />

k/s<br />

1<br />

2<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0 Understand Transportation as a public utility service<br />

Specific Learning Objective<br />

1.1 Define transport<br />

1.2 Explain the characteristics of routes, vehicles terminal and motive power<br />

1.3 Identify the means and modes of transport<br />

1.4 Explain the growth and development of transportation under the<br />

following sub-headings:<br />

i) Before industrial revolution<br />

ii)<br />

iii)<br />

During industrial revolution<br />

After industrial revolution<br />

1.5 List the advantages and disadvantages of each means of transportation<br />

1.6 Explain the importance of transport as a public utility<br />

Teacher’s activities Resources Specific Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Group discussion on modes of<br />

transportation from medieval to date<br />

Delve into development and new<br />

trends.<br />

State the advantages and<br />

Disadvantages of each means of<br />

transportation<br />

Discuss the importation as a public<br />

utility.<br />

Text books<br />

Transport for<br />

tourism by<br />

Stephen page<br />

Travel, Tourism<br />

and hospitality<br />

Terms by<br />

Robert Harris<br />

and<br />

Joy Howard.<br />

Students to learn operation of<br />

Road Coasted as operated by<br />

transporters<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Lead the students to a<br />

Bus station,<br />

Show them the types<br />

of vehicles and<br />

movement schedules<br />

Resource<br />

s<br />

Vehicle<br />

for<br />

transport<br />

ation to<br />

location<br />

3<br />

General Objective 2.0 : Understand the growth and development of Nigeria’s transport industry.<br />

2.1 Discuss the structure, functions and contributions of the following to the<br />

Lecture on general issues. Show<br />

Text books of<br />

Students to learn operation of<br />

growth and development of tourism in Nigeria:<br />

road maps of Nigeria to discuss Journals<br />

Railway corporation in relation to<br />

Show types of<br />

wagon to students<br />

vehicles<br />

i) Nigeria Airspace Management agency<br />

major links<br />

movement of goods and humans<br />

*See Railway offices<br />

ii)<br />

Nigerian Railway Corporation<br />

and<br />

iii)<br />

Nigeria Aviation Handling company.<br />

iv)<br />

Transportation services<br />

Discuss with Rail<br />

v) Inland water ways departments.<br />

officers about<br />

problems and<br />

2.2 Identify all major interstate roads in Nigeria<br />

transports of Rail<br />

4<br />

2.3 Identify the Federal Ministry of Works Code for each of the roads in 2.2<br />

Transportation<br />

11


5<br />

above.<br />

2.4 Identify major roads in each of the states in the federation<br />

2.5 Identify the rail network in Nigeria<br />

2.6 Identify local and international airports in Nigeria<br />

2.7 Identify various airlines operating in Nigeria<br />

2.8 Identify the problems of air transportation in Nigeria<br />

6 2.9 Identify rivers which provide good transportation channels in Nigeria (i.e.<br />

navigable water routes)<br />

2.10 Explain barriers to navigation and how it can be over commend.<br />

2.11 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of each<br />

of the means of transportation over others.<br />

Explain the network of federal,<br />

State and feeder roads.<br />

Compare, road, rail and air in term<br />

of cost and travel time.<br />

General Objective 3.0 : Understand the nature of transport and investment<br />

3.1 Explain transport demand as a derived demand<br />

Lecture on<br />

Text books<br />

Assess different types<br />

Student to<br />

7<br />

3.2 Explain the public and private sector interests in transport<br />

3.3 Explain the social and economic Cost involved<br />

3.4 Explain how forces and determined in the various transport sectors<br />

3.5 Explain the various sources of finance for transport investments.<br />

Expatiate with the growth of private<br />

road transport operation.<br />

Journals<br />

of transport available<br />

for human<br />

transportation in the<br />

country<br />

work in<br />

group and<br />

present<br />

findings to<br />

rest of the<br />

class<br />

.<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand the different types of transport operations and operators.<br />

8 Distinguish between public and private operators<br />

Identify own account and hire reward operators<br />

Lecture and in guidelines to in class<br />

discussion<br />

Learn operation of pubic<br />

sector transportation, as<br />

Transport anyway<br />

officials to elaborate<br />

vehicle<br />

Explain the concept of common owners<br />

related to movement of<br />

on operation company<br />

Distinguish between charter and non charter operation<br />

people and goods<br />

Distinguish between scheduled and non scheduled services<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand transport network<br />

12


9 Explain a transport network<br />

Discuss the characteristics pf trams[port network<br />

5.3Explain the pattern of the existing transport network<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 6.0: Understand the structure and control of transport firms.<br />

10 6.1 Describe the structure of different transport organizations<br />

Visit to transport companies and<br />

Text books<br />

Learn the role of Nigeria<br />

Discuss with union<br />

6.2 Explain the roles of national and international agencies in various<br />

operations<br />

organization and report writing<br />

Union of Road transport<br />

workers (NURTN) in<br />

officials on<br />

challenges facing the<br />

vehicle<br />

6.3 State the duties of the Boards of Directors and Management in transport<br />

transport development in<br />

road transport<br />

business<br />

Nigeria<br />

industry<br />

6.4 Describe the operational structure of various transport organizations<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 7.0: Know the structure of Nigeria Transportation Organization<br />

Identify the various structures of transport organization in Nigeria<br />

A visit to National Mari time<br />

Text books Journals<br />

Assess the sector using<br />

Discuss with officials<br />

Vehicles and<br />

11<br />

Explain the functions and control of the various organization;’<br />

Organization<br />

practical examples from<br />

of concerning<br />

Transport<br />

Explain the ownership pattern of the various transport organizations<br />

the locality<br />

operation of flee and<br />

current challenges<br />

faces the industry<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 8.0: Understand the growth and development of international transport<br />

12 8.1 Explain the growth of the shipping industry in Nigeria<br />

8.2 Describe the growth of air traffic<br />

A visit to National Mari time<br />

Authority.<br />

Text books<br />

Journals<br />

8.3 Explain the growth of land transport especially road and railway<br />

8.4 Appraise the advantages and disadvantages of each mode of transport in<br />

5.3 above<br />

8.5 Appraise the advantages and disadvantages of various means within each<br />

mode<br />

8.6 Identify the various organization that influence international transport<br />

Explain with practical examples of<br />

road hazards.<br />

13


WEEK<br />

General Objective 9.0: Understand service offered by transport organization<br />

13 9.1 State the type of services offered by transport organization<br />

Lectures<br />

Textbooks<br />

Understand the operation<br />

*Show student airport<br />

9.2 Explain the type of magnitude of the services offered<br />

of Nigerian airport in<br />

equipment<br />

9.3 Explain the problems affecting their services (e.g.<br />

Site examples of maintenance<br />

relation to movement of<br />

*Discuss with<br />

lack of funds, time, maintenance,<br />

problem associated with road<br />

Aircraft in safety<br />

officials of (NAMA)<br />

infrastructures, e.t.c.<br />

operation of vehicles.<br />

Nigeria airspace<br />

management agency<br />

on structure operation<br />

safety measures, etc<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective10.0: Understand the legal aspect of transportation.<br />

14 10.1 State transport regulation in the country<br />

10.2 Explain the various regulations<br />

10.3 Identify the statutory bodies responsible<br />

for the implementation of these<br />

regulations<br />

10.4 Explain the methods of implementation of<br />

transport regulation and security<br />

Explain new development in road<br />

polices – FERMA etc.<br />

14


WEEK<br />

General Objective11.0: Understand transport planning principles and methods<br />

15 Define transport planning<br />

Explain the role of density of traffic<br />

Understand the<br />

*Arrange with quest<br />

Explained the relationship between transportation and land use<br />

and raw materials to transport<br />

operation of a private<br />

between to discuss the<br />

Explain the various methods of data collection (traffic survey) for transport<br />

planning.<br />

airline in the city, and<br />

challenges and<br />

planning<br />

their administrative<br />

prospects in relation to<br />

Explain the importance of data in 7.3 above<br />

system<br />

human development<br />

*show students various<br />

types of air craft<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Multiple-choice test covering the key themes of this module 50 %<br />

Report produced in pairs on the field visit 50 %<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Morrison and Winston (1995) The evolution of the airline industry<br />

Page (2004) Tourism and Transport. issues and agenda for the new millennium, London, Elsevier<br />

Tolley and Turton (1995) Transport Systems Policy And Planning<br />

Pender (2001) Travel, trade and transport<br />

15


PROGRAMME:<br />

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

CODE:LTM 114 CREDIT HOUR 3<br />

COURSE: GEOGRAPHY OF <strong>TOURISM</strong> Theoretical: 1 hours/week -<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1<br />

Practical 2 hours/week -<br />

GOAL:- This course is designed to enable the student acquire basic knowledge of transportation.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES: On completion of this course, the diplomate should be able to :<br />

1.0 Understand the terms used in leisure recreation and tourism in Geography<br />

2.0 Know the various kinds of maps<br />

3.0 Know the various land form types and bodies of water<br />

4.0 Understand the geographical resources in Nigeria and their conservation<br />

5.0 Know the travel destination in Africa<br />

6.0 Know the travel destinations in the world.<br />

16


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Course Code: LTM 114 Credit Hours 3<br />

Course: GEOPGRAPHY OF <strong>TOURISM</strong> Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Week/s<br />

Year: 1 Semester:1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0 Understand the terms used in leisure, recreation and Tourism in Geography.<br />

Specific Learning outcome<br />

1.1 Explain the meaning of geography of Tourism<br />

1.2 Define the terms leisure, recreation and Tourism and<br />

understanding their inter-relationships<br />

1.3 Distinguish between the different forms of tourism –<br />

International and domestic, long and short haul,<br />

mistrial, ethic, Business,, environmental tourism etc.<br />

1.4 Explain tourist floor<br />

1.5 Explain destination geography – propensity and<br />

characteristics of location that influence travel<br />

1.6 Enumerate the factors that determine tourist<br />

destination<br />

1.7 Identify the characteristics that influence travelers<br />

choice of destination<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Define and explain<br />

the topics geography<br />

of tourism<br />

Show the tourist flow<br />

with the aid of a<br />

diagram<br />

Enumerate the factors<br />

that effluence<br />

travellers choice in<br />

destination<br />

Resources<br />

Textbook<br />

Diagrams<br />

Charts<br />

Handout on<br />

printed materials<br />

Specific Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Illustrate tourist flow and the<br />

importance of Geography to<br />

tourism<br />

List the factors that determines<br />

tourist destination and<br />

characteristics that influence the<br />

travelers choice of destination<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Resources<br />

Use diagram or chart<br />

for the tourist flow,<br />

and choice of<br />

destination on the<br />

black board.<br />

17


WEEK<br />

General Objective 2.0: Know the various kinds of Maps<br />

4<br />

2.1 Identify the types of maps such as<br />

Flat Maps, Route maps, globes, locator maps, mental<br />

maps.<br />

Show and explain each<br />

type of map to<br />

students<br />

Atlas textbooks<br />

globe maps video<br />

film and projector<br />

slides<br />

Draw each of these maps .<br />

Assign students to draw<br />

maps and explain<br />

Demonstrate the drawing<br />

of each maps practically in<br />

Video films on<br />

various maps,<br />

projector film/slides,<br />

atlas and handout<br />

5<br />

2.2 Identify other map, considerations such as;<br />

Explain international<br />

Draw these maps,<br />

Textbooks printed handout on<br />

the class<br />

Hemispheres, latitude, longitude, the International Date<br />

line, Elapsed flying Time and the Twenty-Four Hours<br />

clock<br />

dateline and give<br />

example of the<br />

differences in<br />

travelling, convert 12<br />

hour time to 24 hours<br />

24 hour clock and<br />

explain the time<br />

conversion<br />

24 hours time etc<br />

Supervise the students in<br />

drawing of the maps and<br />

24 hour clock. Give<br />

assignment on each<br />

12 hour clock<br />

24 hour clock printed<br />

materials on hand out<br />

Atlas<br />

time.<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 3.0 :Know the various land types and bodies of water<br />

7<br />

6<br />

WEEK<br />

3.1 State the land form types.<br />

3.2 Explain their origin and differences<br />

3.3 Locate areas various examples can<br />

be found.<br />

3.4 Identify the seven continents in the<br />

world<br />

Explain land<br />

form types<br />

mountain,<br />

bodies of<br />

water<br />

Show where<br />

rivers (i.e)<br />

Benue, Niger,<br />

etc.) in Lakes,<br />

mountains and<br />

other features<br />

are located on<br />

the map.<br />

Video<br />

films<br />

overhead<br />

projector<br />

Textbooks<br />

and Hand<br />

out<br />

Draw each land<br />

form, Draw vital<br />

features in each<br />

continent.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand the geographical resources in Nigeria and their conservation<br />

8 4.1 Identify tourist resources and their location in Nigeria (i.e<br />

Argugu Fishing festivals, Wase Rock, Waterfalls, rivers,<br />

Mountains, Valleys, National Packs etc)<br />

Explain and locate<br />

these resources on<br />

the map of Nigeria<br />

Vedio, Films on<br />

these tourist<br />

destination<br />

Draw and locate the tourist<br />

resources on the map of<br />

Nigeria. Illustrate the types of<br />

Supervise the<br />

students in<br />

drawing these<br />

features. Give<br />

assignment<br />

Field trip to<br />

different land<br />

forms.<br />

Field trips to the tourist<br />

destination.<br />

A comprehensive report to<br />

Atlas Textbooks<br />

Video Films<br />

magazine.<br />

Video Filmsdestination<br />

itself,<br />

projector films/slides,<br />

18


4.2 Explain the full meaning of conservation, and its<br />

Textbooks<br />

Handout on<br />

attractions (natural or manmade)<br />

be given by each student<br />

on the places visited<br />

Maps.<br />

9<br />

implication in tourism resources development<br />

Highlight on the<br />

printed materials<br />

importance of<br />

Estimate conservation<br />

4.3 Explain the conflict between nature conservation and<br />

nature conservation<br />

population and Industrial<br />

development<br />

in tourism<br />

growth<br />

10<br />

4.4 State the consequences of pollution from our population,<br />

Highlight on<br />

technological growth on conservation practices and<br />

pollution and over<br />

policies<br />

population and<br />

4.5 Explain the continuous improvement on conservation<br />

industrial growth.<br />

practices and policies.<br />

WEEK<br />

11<br />

General Objective 5.0: Know the travel destinations in Africa<br />

5.1 Identify the travel destinations in North African Countries.<br />

Explain and located<br />

Textbooks, Maps,<br />

5.2 List the travel destinations in West African Countries on the map the Charts<br />

5.3 Identify the travel destinations in Central African<br />

tourist attraction in Diagram<br />

Countries<br />

all the regions of Video films,<br />

Locate the tourist potentials in<br />

the African Countries such as:-<br />

-major river<br />

-mountains<br />

Supervise the students in<br />

carrying out the task or<br />

practical works<br />

Personal and board<br />

cards drawing<br />

materials maps.<br />

12<br />

African Countries<br />

projector slides<br />

-coastal areas<br />

Give practical assignments<br />

5.4 Enumerate the travel destination in Southern African<br />

-Artificial tourist attractions<br />

of some geographical<br />

Countries<br />

-National Parks<br />

features.<br />

Discuss the tourist<br />

-Lakes<br />

13<br />

5.5 Discuss the travel destinations in East African Countries<br />

potential in regions.<br />

-Valleys<br />

-Deserts etc Major rivers<br />

WEEK<br />

14<br />

General Objective 6 .0 Know the travel destination in the world<br />

Specific Learning Objective<br />

List and locate on<br />

Textbooks<br />

6.1 Identify the travel destination in North America<br />

the map the major Map, Charts,<br />

6.2 Identify the travel destinations in Latin America<br />

tourist attractions Diagrams<br />

and the Caribbean Islands<br />

in all the region of Video films,<br />

Draw and locate the tourist<br />

potentials in the world e.g.<br />

-Oceans<br />

-Lakes<br />

Supervise the students in<br />

carrying out the practicals<br />

work<br />

Give practical assignment<br />

Personal card board<br />

and drawing materials<br />

maps<br />

the world.<br />

Projector sliders<br />

-Rivers<br />

on some geographical<br />

15<br />

6.3 List and discuss the destination in Europe<br />

Discuss the tourist<br />

etc<br />

-Mountains<br />

features.<br />

6.4 List and discuss the travel destinations in Asia and the<br />

potentials these<br />

-Cruising areas<br />

pacific.<br />

regions<br />

-Metropolitan cities<br />

-Waterfalls<br />

19


-Major events etc<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Individual Essay (2,000 words) 50% on a topic chosen by the student based on a proposed list of topic given by the tutor<br />

Exam 50% based on 5 key questions, students to respond to 3 out of 5 questions with a short essay (200 words).<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Burton (2004) Travel Geography, London Logman<br />

Taylor M. (2004) World Travel Atlas, Highbury Columbus Press London<br />

Hall C.M. (2002) The geography of Tourism and Recreation, London routledge.<br />

Hudman and Jackson (2003) Geography of Travel and Tourism, London Albany<br />

20


PROGRAMME: <strong>ND</strong> LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT Code: LTM 115 Credit Hours: 3<br />

Course: <strong>TOURISM</strong> MARKETING Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 33 %<br />

Semester: 1 YEAR 1<br />

Practical: 2 hours/week - 67 %<br />

GOAL: The purpose of this course is to enable students to understand and apply the basic principles of marketing to business situations and to identify and examine key aspects of the marketing mix.<br />

General Objectives:<br />

On completion of this course, the student should:<br />

1. Understand the basic concepts of marketing in a modern business organisation<br />

2. Understand the marketing environment<br />

3. Know the organisational structures that promote marketing activities<br />

4. Understand the role of marketing in society<br />

5. Appreciate the importance of product in marketing.<br />

6. Know the methods and types of pricing<br />

7. Understand the promotional activities in marketing and their importance.<br />

8. Know the different types of channels of distribution and physical distribution<br />

21


Wee<br />

k/s<br />

1<br />

2<br />

Course: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Course Code:<br />

LMT 115<br />

Credit Hours: 3<br />

Course: <strong>TOURISM</strong> MARKETING CODE: LTM 115 Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 2 hours<br />

/week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0 Understand the basic concepts of marketing in a modern tourism business organisation<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Basic and Major tourism Terminologies<br />

1.1 Explain the evolution of marketing<br />

1.2 Explain marketing concept, its role and importance and link this to the<br />

tourism sector<br />

1.3 Explain the marketing mix and its application to leisure and tourism.<br />

1.4 Explain the marketing information system:<br />

a) Marketing intelligence<br />

b) Market and marketing research<br />

c) Internal reporting system<br />

d) Analytical marketing system.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Lecture on discuss the<br />

evolution of marketing and its<br />

concepts.<br />

Explain how the economy<br />

affect the marketing process<br />

and vice-versa.<br />

Explain the marketing mix.<br />

relate general marketing<br />

principles to tourism<br />

Explain the marketing<br />

information system<br />

General Objective 2.0 : Understand the tourism marketing environment<br />

3 2.1 Explain the uncontrollable variables of marketing (Economic,<br />

political/legal, sonar/cultural, technological, physical, demographic.<br />

<br />

lecture with the use of<br />

relevant leisure and tourism<br />

examples<br />

Explain the marketing<br />

mix.<br />

Explain the marketing<br />

information system:<br />

a) Marketing<br />

intelligence<br />

b) Market and<br />

marketing research<br />

c) Internal<br />

reporting system<br />

d) Analytical marketing<br />

system<br />

Explain the role of<br />

marketing in a business<br />

organization<br />

Identify key marketing<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Question and<br />

answers regarding<br />

Price. Promotion<br />

Place and product<br />

on various<br />

business and<br />

introduction to the<br />

tourism context.<br />

Use case study to<br />

analyse the<br />

marketing<br />

information system<br />

Resour<br />

ces<br />

Internet<br />

and<br />

Releva<br />

nt<br />

Websit<br />

es<br />

. Internet<br />

and<br />

Relevant<br />

Websites<br />

22


controllable variables of<br />

objectives and strategy.<br />

4 2.2 Relate controllable to uncontrollable factors.<br />

marketing.<br />

Distinguish between controllable<br />

Apply PEST analysis<br />

to business situations<br />

Guide students to<br />

apply the PEST<br />

analysis to business<br />

situations. Political,<br />

Nigeria<br />

n case<br />

studies<br />

and uncontrollable environment<br />

Economic, Social<br />

and Technology<br />

aspects of marketing<br />

5<br />

6<br />

General Objective 3.0: : Know the organisational structures that undertake marketing activities<br />

3.1 Explain the role of marketing in an organisation.<br />

* Examine the role,<br />

Textbooks<br />

Explain the role of<br />

3.2 Identify the various types of marketing<br />

organisational structures.<br />

type and importance<br />

of marketing<br />

organisation<br />

Journals<br />

marketing in a business<br />

organization<br />

Identify key marketing<br />

objectives and<br />

3.3 Explain the role and importance of marketing<br />

organisation in achieving marketing objectives<br />

strategy.<br />

Apply PEST analysis<br />

to business situation<br />

General Objective 4.0: Appreciate the importance of the various ingredients (4ps) of the marketing mix product price. Promotion and place.<br />

Guide students to<br />

apply the PEST<br />

analysis to business<br />

situations political,<br />

Economic, Social<br />

and Technology and<br />

strategy. Apply<br />

PEST analysis to<br />

business situation.<br />

Internet<br />

and<br />

Releva<br />

nt<br />

website<br />

s<br />

Nigeria<br />

n case<br />

study<br />

7<br />

4.1 Explain product concepts.<br />

lecture on product concepts,<br />

Textbooks<br />

Explain product<br />

Guide student on a<br />

Internet and<br />

4.2 Explain packaging and branding strategies<br />

packaging, new product<br />

Journals<br />

concepts<br />

role play exercise to<br />

relevant<br />

development and product life cycle<br />

Explain packaging and<br />

package, brand and<br />

websites<br />

8<br />

4.3 Describe stages in new product development<br />

4.4 Introduction to Niche Marketing as a basis to the concept of Niche<br />

tourism.<br />

4.5 Explain product life cycle.<br />

branding strategies<br />

Describe stages in new<br />

product development<br />

sell one of the three<br />

listed products – a<br />

small B&B, a family<br />

run restaurant and a<br />

small zoo. Oral<br />

presentation<br />

OHTs and<br />

colours<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand the role of marketing in society<br />

9 5.1 Relate marketing to social groups Discuss marketing ethics, and Textbooks Explain the social Guide students to Internet and<br />

23


5.2 Explain the social responsibility of marketing<br />

consumes.<br />

Journals<br />

responsibility of<br />

conduct a survey<br />

Relevant<br />

Use of Tourism examples<br />

marketing<br />

about controversial<br />

Websites<br />

10<br />

5.3 Explain consumers in Nigeria Market<br />

advertisement and<br />

5.4 Explain marketing ethics<br />

Explain consumers in<br />

products. Examine<br />

Nigerian Market.<br />

ethics and legal<br />

Explain marketing<br />

controls<br />

ethics<br />

General Objective 6.0: Know types and methods of pricing in tourism<br />

11<br />

6.1Explain pricing<br />

Discuss pricing its objectives, types<br />

Textbooks<br />

Explain pricing<br />

Questions and<br />

Internet and<br />

6.2Explain pricing objectives in tourism<br />

and methods<br />

Journals<br />

objectives<br />

answers Luxury<br />

Relevant<br />

products – 5* hotels<br />

Websites<br />

12<br />

6.3 Identify factors influencing pricing in tourism<br />

Identify factors<br />

and related services,<br />

6.4 Explain types and methods of pricing<br />

influencing pricing<br />

spas, boutique hotels,<br />

Brochures<br />

Explain types and<br />

safaris camp, etc.<br />

methods of pricing<br />

demand and supply<br />

issues<br />

General Objectives: 7.0 Understand promotional activities in marketing of leisure and tourism<br />

13 7.1 Explain various elements of promotional mix<br />

*Discuss promotional<br />

Textbooks<br />

Explain various<br />

Guide students in<br />

Internet and<br />

7.2 Explain advertising in tourism<br />

activities,<br />

Journals<br />

elements of<br />

referring to previous<br />

Relevant<br />

7.3 Explain personal selling in tourism<br />

Advance Personal<br />

promotional mix<br />

products – see above<br />

Websites<br />

selling<br />

Explain advertising<br />

– How should the<br />

products be<br />

promoted?<br />

Identify the<br />

promotional mix?<br />

What price to<br />

charge?<br />

Report and oral.<br />

General Objectives: 7.0 General Objective: 8.0 Understand leisure and tourism Channels of distribution<br />

14 8.1 Explain channels of distribution<br />

* Discuss channels of and physical<br />

Textbooks Journal<br />

Explain channels of<br />

Guide students on<br />

Internet and<br />

8.2 Explain the importance<br />

distribution<br />

distribution<br />

the above report<br />

Relevant<br />

Explain its importance<br />

Students to include<br />

Websites<br />

24


15 8.3 Identify criteria for selection, distribute channels in leisure and tourism Identify criteria for<br />

selections, distribute<br />

channels<br />

appropriate channels<br />

of communication<br />

zoo.<br />

Assessment: Group (max 4 students) presentation (50%) followed by a Group Report (50%)<br />

The overall assessment is to be based on the role playing exercise undertaken during the course. One of the three products to be packaged, branded and sold– a small B&B, a family run restaurant or a small<br />

Reading List:<br />

Holloway & Robinson (1996) Marketing for Tourism, Harlow: Longman<br />

Middleton & Clarke (2002) Marketing in Travel and Tourism, London: Butterworth Heineman<br />

25


PROGRAMME: DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

COURSE: Computer Application 1 CODE:LMT 116 Credit Hours: 4<br />

Theoretical: 1 hrs/wk<br />

Year: 1 Semester 1 Pre-requisite Practical: 3 hour/week<br />

GOAL: The intent of the course is to understand the fundamental principles of computers and how to use Microsoft windows programs<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES<br />

On completion of this course, the student should be able to:<br />

1. Understand the fundamental principles of computers<br />

2. Understand windows ‘desktop’ programs<br />

3. Understand how to use word processing software and handle files and folders<br />

4. Understand how to format text and general layout<br />

5. Understand how to insert files, symbols and tables in documents<br />

6. Understand how to use of presentation software programs<br />

26


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

MANAGMENT<br />

Course: COMPUTER APPLICATION 1<br />

Year 1 Semester: 1<br />

COURSE CODE: LTM 116 Credit Hours: 4<br />

Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

Practical: 3 hours/week -<br />

Theoretical Contents<br />

Practical Contents<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

We<br />

ek<br />

General Objective 1: Understand the fundamental principles of<br />

computers<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources<br />

1.1 Understand the concept of computers and its advantages<br />

1.2 Outline the fundamental principles of<br />

computers including hardware and Software.<br />

Explain the concepts<br />

of computing and the<br />

components of<br />

computer<br />

General Objective 2: Understand windows ‘desktop’ programs<br />

2.1 Understand ‘desktop’ components such as concept of the icons,<br />

taskbar , display<br />

properties.<br />

2.2 Understand how to use windows explorer program.<br />

2.3 Understand how to use the different control panel programs;<br />

2.4 Display, Add New Hardware, Add\Remove program, Mouse ,<br />

Date\Time, Internet Option.<br />

Explain the<br />

windows<br />

environment and the<br />

concept of desktop<br />

Course book<br />

Data Show<br />

General Objective 3.0 Understand how to use word processing<br />

software and handle files and folders<br />

White board<br />

Course book<br />

Data Show<br />

White board<br />

Identify the parts of computer hardware<br />

such as a motherboard, processor, RAM ,<br />

ROM<br />

Illustrate and Explain practically the<br />

windows desktop, windows explorer and<br />

windows control panel.<br />

Demonstrate by<br />

working with<br />

students to show<br />

main parts of<br />

computer such as<br />

sample motherboard.<br />

Provide real world<br />

examples to illustrate<br />

how to use :<br />

windows desktop,<br />

windows explorer<br />

and windows control<br />

panel.<br />

Computer parts such as<br />

input devices, processes<br />

and output devices<br />

Computer lap<br />

MS-Windows program<br />

Printer .<br />

Ms-Word<br />

27


5<br />

6<br />

3.1 Define the concept of word processing<br />

3.2 Define the MS Word program.<br />

3.3 Understand how to create Folders and files.<br />

3.4 Understand how to write documents<br />

use File commands including New,<br />

Discuss and explain<br />

the function of file,<br />

folder and how to<br />

create new<br />

documents.<br />

Course book<br />

Data Show<br />

White board<br />

Illustrate and Explain<br />

practically how to:<br />

- Create new document<br />

- Use File commands.<br />

Provide real world<br />

examples to illustrate<br />

how to use :<br />

Create new<br />

document<br />

- Use File<br />

Computer lap<br />

MS Windows program<br />

Ms-Word<br />

Printer.<br />

Save, Save as, Open, Close and Exit.<br />

commands<br />

General Objective 4:0 Understand how to format text and general layout<br />

7<br />

4.1 Understand how to edit a document through use of Editing<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

- Introduce example to illustrate how to:<br />

Provide real world<br />

Computer lap<br />

commands including Copy, Cut, Past, Select All, Find and<br />

demonstrate how to<br />

Data Show<br />

edit documents by use of Edit command.<br />

examples to illustrate<br />

MS-Windows program<br />

Replacement.<br />

edit and display a<br />

White board<br />

how to use Edit<br />

Ms-Word<br />

document.<br />

commands.<br />

Printer .<br />

4.2 Understand how to display documents in<br />

8<br />

deferent ways by the use of Display<br />

command.<br />

General Objective 5.0 Understand how to insert files, symbols and tables in documents<br />

9 5.1 Understand how to enhance a documents layout by use of the<br />

Explain<br />

and<br />

Course book<br />

Illustrate and explain practically methods to<br />

Provide real world<br />

Computer lap<br />

format commands<br />

demonstrate how to<br />

Data Show<br />

write enhanced document through some<br />

examples to illustrate<br />

MS-Windows program<br />

including font, paragraph, numbering,<br />

write<br />

enhance<br />

White board<br />

examples.<br />

how to use enhanced<br />

Ms-Word<br />

and border.<br />

document layout.<br />

document through<br />

Printer .<br />

some examples<br />

10<br />

5.2 Understand how to insert e symbols and<br />

Explain<br />

and<br />

Course book<br />

Illustrate and explain practically methods to<br />

Provide real world<br />

Computer lap<br />

pictures in a document.<br />

demonstrate how to<br />

Data Show<br />

write enhanced document through some<br />

examples to illustrate<br />

MS-Windows program<br />

write<br />

enhance<br />

White board<br />

examples.<br />

how to use enhanced<br />

Ms-Word<br />

11<br />

5.3 Use Tools to improve ‘body text’ by for<br />

document layout.<br />

document through<br />

Printer .<br />

example spell checker and thesaurus<br />

some examples<br />

12 5.4 Understand how to create and handle<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

Illustrate and explain practically table<br />

Provide real world<br />

Computer lap<br />

tables in a document and use the<br />

demonstrate how to<br />

Data Show<br />

handling through examples.<br />

examples to illustrate<br />

MS-Windows program<br />

flowing commands including insert,<br />

handle tables.<br />

White board<br />

how to handle tables<br />

Ms-Word<br />

remove , select , and table properties.<br />

Printer .<br />

28


13<br />

General Objective 6.0 Understand how to use of presentation software<br />

programs<br />

6.1 Understand the use of presentation<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

Illustrate and explain practically the use of<br />

Provide real world<br />

Computer lab<br />

software programs including<br />

demonstrate the use<br />

Data Show<br />

Power point through real world examples.<br />

examples to illustrate<br />

Windows program,<br />

PowerPoint.<br />

of Powerpoint and<br />

White board<br />

how to use the<br />

PowerPoint program<br />

6.2 Explain the Main menu of Power Point<br />

presentation.<br />

PowerPoint program.<br />

14<br />

6.3 Create new presentation, save and open a<br />

file.<br />

6.4 Understand how to insert and control<br />

slide.<br />

15<br />

6.5 Understand how to add effective<br />

animations to slides.<br />

6.6 Understand how to deliver presentation<br />

with Power point.<br />

Type of Assessment Purpose and Nature of the Assessment Weighting<br />

(%)<br />

Examination<br />

Final examination- (written) to assess Knowledge and understanding by of<br />

30<br />

way short answer questions.<br />

Test/ Short papers At least one progress test for feedback. 20<br />

Practical/ Coursework Practical exam to assess student ability to use MS-windows, Ms-WORD<br />

and Power Point program.<br />

50<br />

100<br />

29


Course Code: LTM121 Credit Hours: 5 HRS/WEEK<br />

Department/ Programme: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: AIRLINE A<strong>ND</strong> TRAVEL AGENCY OPERATIONS Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course the student should be able to:-<br />

1. Understand ownership organization and management structure of Airlines.<br />

2. Understand the responsibilities of statutory bodies involved in airline and travel agencies.<br />

3. Understand the various books being used by various airline and travel agencies. I.e. Official Airline Guide.<br />

4. Understand the importance and use of tour guides and brochures.<br />

5. Know the statutory bodies regulating Airline and travel agencies in Nigeria.<br />

6. Know the various International travel requirements<br />

7. Know the statutory bodies regulating Airline and travel agencies in Nigeria.<br />

8. Understand the principles of Itinerary planning and know how to locate cities on world maps.<br />

30


Department/ Programme: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong><br />

Course Code: LTM: 121 Credit Hours: 5.0<br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Course: Airline and Travel Agency Operation Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0: Understand the types and functions of airlines and travel agencies.<br />

Week/s Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

1 1.1 Define Airline<br />

Brainstorm with the students to Textbooks Understand equipment<br />

2<br />

1.2 Identify the functions of airlines<br />

1.3 State various types of airlines<br />

1.4 Define travel agency<br />

1.5 Identify functions of travel agencies<br />

1.6 State the various types of travel agencies.<br />

know the level of their<br />

awareness.<br />

IATA<br />

Handbook on<br />

Airline and<br />

travel Agencies.<br />

used in International<br />

Airlines.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Understand ownership, organization and management, structure of Airlines<br />

2.1 Identify the ownership of various airlines and<br />

Use charts to show the<br />

Textbooks Know stationeries and<br />

travel agencies<br />

2.2 Explain the organization of the various airlines and travel<br />

agencies<br />

2.3 Explain the management system<br />

2.4 Explain the organizational structure of the various<br />

management systems<br />

2.5 Identify the prospects and problem of the various<br />

organizational and management structures<br />

organization structure of<br />

various Airlines.<br />

Journals<br />

documents used in<br />

International airline.<br />

Understand the<br />

Administrative<br />

structure in an airline<br />

Company.<br />

General Objective 3.0: Understand the responsibilities of statutory bodies involved in airline and travel agencies.<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Students to be enlightened<br />

on staff<br />

and organisation<br />

structure in<br />

International<br />

airline office.<br />

Resources<br />

OHTs<br />

31


3<br />

4<br />

5-6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

3.1 Identify the statutory body which regulate airline and travel<br />

agency operations<br />

Invite guest lecturers among<br />

local IATA members.<br />

Textbooks<br />

Journals<br />

Know equipment and<br />

operational system in<br />

3.2 Explain the duties of each body and how such duties are<br />

carried out.<br />

IATA – licensed<br />

Travel Agency.<br />

3.3 Explain the organization and operations of IATA, UFTAA,<br />

e.t.c.<br />

3.4 Explain the problems being encountered by; these<br />

organizations in their operations.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand the responsibilities of statutory bodies involved in airline and travel agencies.<br />

4.1 Identify the books and documents used by airlines and travel Procure prototype copies of Textbooks<br />

agencies i.e. (OAG)<br />

documents used by travel Journals<br />

4.2 Explain the nature of information contained in the books and agencies<br />

Computer<br />

documents<br />

softwares.<br />

4.3 Complete specimen documents<br />

Official Airline<br />

4.4 Use the books and documents in 4.1 above<br />

Guide.(OAG)<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand the importance and use of tour guides and brochures.<br />

5.1 Define tour guide and brochures<br />

Organize an excursion to a Textbooks Students to know the<br />

5.2 Identify tour brochures.<br />

local tourist attraction.<br />

Journals special nature of<br />

tourist sites, which<br />

5.3 Explain the use; of tour guider and brochures<br />

makes them useful as<br />

5.4 Explain the importance of tour guides and brochures<br />

tourism asset.<br />

General Objective 6.0: Know the various international travel requirements.<br />

9 6.1 List various travel documents<br />

Take the students through textbooks To know relevant<br />

6.2 Explain the various custom regulations<br />

custom duty, Immigration and<br />

documents necessary<br />

6.3 Explain the entry, transit and cost regulation of<br />

Nigeria<br />

International documentation<br />

procedures.<br />

for international<br />

travels.<br />

Show students<br />

equipment and<br />

documents used by<br />

IATA travel<br />

agents.<br />

Explain the<br />

functions of<br />

equipment above.<br />

Explain to students<br />

special attributes<br />

and local attraction<br />

visited.<br />

Visit to<br />

International<br />

airport, and<br />

Explain to students<br />

the operation of<br />

customs posts,<br />

Immigration<br />

offices etc<br />

stationed them<br />

.<br />

transportatio<br />

n to chosen<br />

airport.<br />

32


with assistance of<br />

officers in those<br />

departments.<br />

General Objective 7.0: Know the statutory bodies regulating airline and travel agencies in Nigeria.<br />

10 7.1 Identify the various regulatory bodies, NCAA, NTDC,<br />

Arrange home assignments and<br />

Textbooks<br />

To learn custom<br />

internet<br />

NANTA, e.t.c.<br />

term papers on these before<br />

regulations in relation<br />

7.2 Explain the duties and functions of each body<br />

class discussions.<br />

to movement of people<br />

7.3 Explain the problem facing the bodies<br />

and goods across<br />

7.4 Security post September 11.<br />

international banks.<br />

General Objective 8.0: Know how to locate cities in the world.<br />

11<br />

8.1 List IATA geographical areas and their contents<br />

Textbooks<br />

Identify major word<br />

Lecturer to display<br />

maps<br />

8.2 Locate important cities in the world in each geographical<br />

Journals<br />

cities on world maps.<br />

word map showing<br />

areas and their 3-IATA City/Airport codes.<br />

Calculate major word.<br />

major cities.<br />

8.3 Calculate the currencies equivalence and the different<br />

12<br />

currency nomenclature e.g. Nigeria, Nairobi, Italy’s Lira<br />

General Objective 9.0: Understand the principles of itinerary planning.<br />

13<br />

9.1 Define itinerary planning<br />

Lectures Textbooks Currencies as<br />

Calculate currency<br />

calculators,<br />

9.2 Explain the basic principles of itinerary planning<br />

applicable in travel<br />

exchanges using<br />

internet.<br />

9.3 Explain the importance and problems associated with<br />

agency operation.<br />

approved exchange<br />

itinerary planning.<br />

rates.<br />

14<br />

9.4 Explain Embarking, Transit and Destination of individual<br />

passenger’s itinerary plus direct flight.<br />

9.5 Explain the uses of the sales record; card<br />

9.6 Explain the contents of SRC<br />

General Objective 10: Know the various bodies involved in airline and travel agencies operator in Nigeria.<br />

33


15 10.1 Identify the various airline umbrella organizations in Nigeria<br />

Lectures<br />

Textbooks<br />

Understand Structure<br />

Display<br />

BAR, AON etc<br />

Maps<br />

and administrative<br />

organisation<br />

10.2 Explain their functions<br />

framework for<br />

structural chart of<br />

10.3 Identify the umbrella body for travel agents and tour<br />

National Tourism.<br />

Tourism<br />

operators NANTA, FTAN, NATOP<br />

administration in<br />

10.4 Explain their functions<br />

Nigeria, showing<br />

10.5 Explain the effect; values or otherwise of these bodies<br />

the various bodies<br />

and how they are<br />

interrelated.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Coursework/ Assignments 50 %; group presentation and 50% individual report;<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Syratt &Archer (2003) Manual of Travel Agency practice, Oxford; Butterworth-Heinemann<br />

34


PROGRAMME: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> Course Code LTM 122 Credit Hours: 4 hours<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Area: SALES TECHNIQUES Type: Specialist Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

Year 1 Semester 2 Pre-requisite LTM 115 Tourism Marketing Practical: 3 hours/week<br />

GOALS:- This course is designed to enable the student acquire basic knowledge of sales techniques.<br />

General Objectives:-On completion of this course the diplomat should be able to :-<br />

1 )Know the concepts involved in sales techniques<br />

2 )Understand the factors that make a good salesperson<br />

3 )Understand the concepts of consumer behaviour<br />

4 )Understand the process of communication in sales techniques<br />

5 )Understand the selling process<br />

6 )Know the effective use of sales tools<br />

7 )Know the Role of technology in the selling process<br />

35


PROGRAMME: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT Course Code LTM122 Credit Hours: 4 hours<br />

COURSE: SALES TECHNIQUES Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

Year 1 Semester 2 Pre-requisite LTM 115 Tourism Marketing Practical: 3 hours/week<br />

Theoretical Content Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0: Know the concepts involved in sales techniques<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s<br />

Activities<br />

1<br />

1.1 Distinguish between selling and marketing Discuss the concepts of selling Whiteboard<br />

Provide sources of<br />

1.2 Distinguish between formal and informal and marketing<br />

Students’ activity List the vacancies available in job vacancies and<br />

selling<br />

book<br />

one specific business area website addresses<br />

OHP<br />

Give website<br />

1.3 List the type of opportunities available in Discuss the implications of formal Data show Visit a local market and addresses<br />

2<br />

the workforce<br />

and informal selling<br />

identify 5 selling points<br />

Discuss the difference between<br />

Organise the visit<br />

jobs available in selling and<br />

Write a short report on the<br />

marketing<br />

activities<br />

Discuss the opportunities in the<br />

public and private sector<br />

General Objective 2.0 Understand the factors that make a good salesperson<br />

3 2.1 Identify the qualities of a good salesperson. Discuss the qualities that make a As above<br />

Good communication skills<br />

good salesperson<br />

and video camera Learn how to improve certain Guide students to a<br />

Product knowledge<br />

skills through the use of Role plays in Arabic<br />

Market knowledge<br />

techniques<br />

and English<br />

Knowledge of the customers and their Case studies<br />

needs<br />

Ability to deal with a range of<br />

customers<br />

Problem solving skills<br />

Resources<br />

Newspapers<br />

Website addresses<br />

Camera<br />

36


4 2.2 Identify the main incentives and<br />

Discuss the implications of<br />

exercise to carry on from<br />

commission for salespeople<br />

rewards for sales work<br />

previous week<br />

General Objective 3.0 : Understand the concepts of consumer behaviour<br />

5 3.1 Identify the different human<br />

Discuss Maslow’s hierarchy of<br />

apply theory to practice<br />

Group students to<br />

flipchart and pens<br />

motivational factors<br />

needs<br />

work on the<br />

identification of key<br />

3.2 List the different types of customers in the<br />

Case studies for customer types<br />

motivation to leisure<br />

retail/ service market and their motivation<br />

and needs<br />

and travel activities.<br />

Discuss result in the<br />

3.3 Define how to create a need in the market<br />

Case studies for creating a need<br />

light of Maslow’<br />

for a product<br />

theory highlights<br />

General Objective 4: Understand the process of communication in sales techniques<br />

6<br />

4.1 Explain the principles of face to<br />

Discuss the importance of body<br />

Video<br />

visualize different behaviours<br />

video student during<br />

Films<br />

face communication between<br />

language, and oral expression in a<br />

in different situations<br />

role play and discuss<br />

Video camera<br />

salesperson and customer<br />

face to face situation<br />

outcomes<br />

projector<br />

Discuss the use of telephone<br />

selling Role plays<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

4.2 Explain the principles of written<br />

communication between<br />

salesperson and customer<br />

Discuss the importance of<br />

adequate written communication<br />

to maintain contact between<br />

salesperson and customer<br />

4.3 List the barriers to effective<br />

communication in selling (such as<br />

spatial issues, distractions, cultural<br />

issues, time pressures)<br />

Discuss the implications of these<br />

barriers to communication in<br />

effective selling<br />

General Objective 5 Understand the selling process<br />

5.1 List the steps in the selling process<br />

Discuss the importance of each<br />

step in the selling process<br />

• Opening the sale<br />

understand the principles of<br />

written communication and<br />

different styles in which this<br />

should be conducted<br />

guide students to<br />

write a summary of<br />

the key points of the<br />

communication<br />

process in a selling<br />

situation<br />

Video camera Guide students to<br />

Role Play exercise<br />

Follow up from<br />

37


• Presenting/demonstrating the product<br />

• Handling information requests<br />

• Handling objections<br />

• Closing the sale<br />

10 Visit a retail/ service<br />

organisation<br />

Write a short report based on<br />

observations<br />

General Objective 6.0: Know the effective use of sales tools<br />

11 6.1 List the tools used for effective<br />

Discuss the importance of tools<br />

selling.<br />

such as advertisements,<br />

promotional brochures, discounts,<br />

6.2 Classify the tools: electronic and non email, internet, faxes, boards,<br />

electronic sales tools<br />

posters, charts, TV, radio,<br />

newspapers<br />

General Objective 7.0 Know the role of technology in the selling process<br />

12 7.1 Explain the impact of technology trends in Explain the selling processes Internet<br />

Identify different selling<br />

the selling process<br />

where technology plays an<br />

techniques through the use of<br />

important role in and in-store<br />

different tools<br />

13 7.2 Identify the barriers of applying technology situation (customer orders, stock<br />

to selling<br />

control, goods or services<br />

delivery, invoices and payments)<br />

7.3 Explain the legal and security implications Discuss the main barriers to<br />

when using technology<br />

applying information technology<br />

to selling (such as costs, training,<br />

security issues related to<br />

14 7.4 Explain consumers rights and security payments)<br />

implications when using technologies in<br />

selling (backup systems, support resources Discuss the implications of the<br />

and audit trails)<br />

selling process online compared<br />

previous week<br />

Organise a visit to a<br />

retail/service<br />

organisation<br />

internet, brochures,<br />

38


with the in-store situation<br />

15 Integrated project on selling for<br />

a specified product and market<br />

Assessment: Coursework 50 %; Practical (role play and discussion) 50 %<br />

Competency: On completing the course, the student should be able to understand the process of selling and the role of technology in the sales process.<br />

39


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 4 hours<br />

Department/ Programme: <strong>ND</strong> LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong><br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

LTM 123<br />

Subject/Course: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FOR <strong>TOURISM</strong> Theoretical: 0 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 4 hours /week<br />

GOAL : The course is designed to enable the diplomat have a knowledge of Information Technology in commerce.<br />

General Objectives :- On completion of this course, the diplomat should be able to :-<br />

1. Introduce students to Information and Communication Technologies<br />

2. Computer-based conference: Impact of E-meetings in business<br />

3. Internet in business practice: E-business and E-commerce<br />

40


Course: Information Technology and Tourism Course Code: LTM 123 Credit Hours: 4hours<br />

Theoretical: 0 hours/week<br />

Week<br />

/s<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: LTM 116 Practical: 4 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific Learning Teacher’s Resources<br />

Outcomes<br />

activities<br />

General Objective 1:<br />

41


1<br />

Define the principles of the Internet and how to<br />

Explain what is the Internet and how computers are linked to<br />

* 1 – 2 students per<br />

communicate to one another.<br />

PC<br />

navigate the World Wide Web (www):<br />

Explain the implications and opportunities of using electronic<br />

* Access to the<br />

2<br />

3<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Origins of the Internet<br />

How the internet works<br />

Getting an Internet connection: modem,<br />

intranet and Internet.<br />

Internet access via different devices (WAP<br />

phones, digital TV, Shop kiosks, and PC’s)<br />

What the World Wide Web (www) is<br />

URL Address: location of a web page<br />

(URL)<br />

Information on the world wide web<br />

How the information is organised<br />

Access specified web pages<br />

Using hyperlinks<br />

Use the Online and offline navigation<br />

functions<br />

communications for business. Explain what is an Internet<br />

Service Provider.<br />

Show pictures, if not available, of WAP telephones connected<br />

to Internet, Digital TV, and lay-outs of Cyber-cafes.<br />

Define the characteristics of the web address URL).<br />

Explain how the information is organised on the WWW (text,<br />

links to other pages, pictures, video, music and sounds and<br />

computer programs).<br />

Explain web site navigation browser<br />

Internet in all<br />

computers<br />

* Real player or<br />

Quick Time software<br />

available on all PCs<br />

* 4 black ink<br />

cartridges x printer<br />

per semester<br />

* 1 colour ink<br />

cartridge x<br />

Computer lab per<br />

semester<br />

Emphasise the importance of identifying good sources<br />

* Support handouts<br />

4<br />

of information<br />

on using the Internet<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Ways of finding information on the web<br />

Preparing a search & searching<br />

strategies<br />

Performing a search: Use of general and<br />

specific web search engine<br />

1 Computer x<br />

student.<br />

Handouts and<br />

Keyboarding<br />

Support<br />

materials in<br />

English<br />

<br />

Search Techniques: use of syntax and<br />

keywords to formulate a search query.<br />

42<br />

<br />

Locate web pages containing<br />

valuable/required data


5<br />

<br />

Print web pages<br />

software. Explain the component parts of an internet address<br />

(URL) and the basic structure of web sites.<br />

Explain the distinction between different types of search<br />

engines. Explain the importance of pursuing searches beyond<br />

the search result page(s) and the need to select material relevant<br />

to the query.<br />

Explain the effect of company policies and relevant legislation<br />

on the selection of appropriate materials. Reflect on<br />

information shown on the computer screen (technical school<br />

web site, E-mail browser, etc.<br />

Hands-on practice using browsers, hyperlinks,<br />

search engines, storing web based information and<br />

printing web pages.<br />

Practice different strategies for searching information on the<br />

web. Assign tasks such as: locate a specific web site and follow<br />

links, stating time limits.<br />

Introduce the English alphabetic keys in a computer keyword.<br />

Teach the proper technique in placing<br />

hand and striking keys in English using Microsoft Word for<br />

Windows.<br />

Practice on home, figure, and symbol keys.<br />

Practice using paragraphs, line-spacing, fonts, size and colours<br />

in a word document, checking that typing techniques are<br />

applied. Undo function. Saving and closing the application.<br />

Promote student practice on creating word documents applying<br />

correct keyboarding techniques in English. Promote weekly<br />

activities, such as homework, to monitor speed improvements<br />

in typing in English keyboards.<br />

43


5<br />

Principles typing techniques (keyboarding) in<br />

Introduce the English alphabetic keys in a computer keyword.<br />

1 Computer x<br />

English.<br />

student<br />

<br />

Identify and use of word processing<br />

correctly<br />

Teach the proper technique in placing hand and striking keys in<br />

English using Microsoft Word for Windows.<br />

Handouts and<br />

Loading Microsoft word<br />

Get familiar with the English keyboard<br />

letters and symbols<br />

Importance of good typing technique and speed in<br />

English.<br />

Practice on home, figure, and symbol keys.<br />

Practice using paragraphs, line-spacing, fonts, size and colours<br />

in a word document, checking that typing techniques are<br />

applied. Undo function, Saving and closing the application.<br />

Keyboarding<br />

Support materials<br />

in English.<br />

6<br />

Understand the practice of Word creation and the<br />

keyboard use.<br />

Promote student practice on creating word documents applying<br />

correct keyboarding techniques in English weekly activities,<br />

such as homework, to monitor speed improvements in typing in<br />

English keyboards.<br />

8<br />

Weeks<br />

7<br />

General Objective 2: Computer-based conference: Impact of E-meetings in business<br />

Describe the main principles of computer based Explain the importance of on online<br />

conference systems: E-meetings<br />

computer based communications (Emeetings),<br />

and his potential impacts in the<br />

Online Chat: use of Windows based office (advantages and disadvantages).<br />

<br />

messenger<br />

a. 1. Loading the software<br />

b. 2. Understand the use of main features<br />

c. 3. Setting username and password<br />

d. 4. Include contact personal names and<br />

e. companies<br />

f. 5. Setting Internet time for all parties<br />

g. 6. Netiquettes<br />

Note: Sessions that include online<br />

communication (MS Windows Messenger<br />

and/or ICQ) must be closely monitored in<br />

order to avoid unwanted external parties<br />

participating in the classroom session.<br />

Teacher should rapidly end an unwanted<br />

session initiated either by the student or by<br />

an external individual.<br />

Show how to download Messenger from<br />

Windows application, and explain each<br />

All PC’s connected to<br />

the Internet.<br />

At least 6 desk top<br />

digital video-cameras<br />

per computer lab.<br />

All Pc’s with<br />

microphone and<br />

speakers<br />

Handouts<br />

44


h.<br />

i. 7. Starting an online synchronous<br />

written<br />

j. communication<br />

feature in detail. Practice with students the<br />

registering process for a username and<br />

password and initiate a live conversation.<br />

Make sure the main features are in use.<br />

9<br />

k. 8. Use of microphone – oral<br />

synchronous<br />

l. communication<br />

m.<br />

n. 9. Use of video digital cameras in a<br />

Check that students apply typing techniques<br />

to minimise the online time, and value the<br />

online time (explain the value of setting an<br />

“internet time”, when e-meeting with<br />

international parties).<br />

o. synchronous communication<br />

p. 10. Send and receive attached files<br />

online<br />

q. 11. Closing an online synchronous<br />

r. communication conference session<br />

Make sure students know how to use a<br />

microphone and a camera in an online<br />

conversation using messenger.<br />

Explain how to close a session effectively.<br />

10<br />

<br />

Online Chat: use of ICQ<br />

1. Loading the software<br />

2. Understand the use of main features<br />

3. Setting username and password<br />

4. Creating a Chat room<br />

5. Locate chat rooms<br />

Explain main differences, advantages and<br />

disadvantages between Messenger and ICQ<br />

(I seek you).<br />

Show how to download ICQ from Windows<br />

application, and explain each feature in<br />

detail. Practice with students the registering<br />

process for a username and password and<br />

initiate a live conversation.<br />

Internet<br />

Ms Windows<br />

11<br />

6. Netiquettes<br />

7. Create list of contacts<br />

8. Starting an online synchronous written<br />

communication<br />

9. Attach, send and receive files online<br />

Check that students apply typing techniques<br />

to minimise the online time, and value the<br />

online time.<br />

Explain how to close a session effectively.<br />

Handouts<br />

using the software<br />

10. Closing a session<br />

Student practice on creating numeric data and<br />

spreadsheet documents applying correct keyboarding<br />

45


12<br />

Improving typing techniques in computer keyboards in<br />

English with MS Excel<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Correct position of hand on the keyboard<br />

using numbers<br />

Striking keys correctly<br />

Develop of speed using 10 fingers.<br />

Use of MS word and Excel main features in<br />

keyboarding in English:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Change and arrange paragraphs, headings,<br />

columns and rows using correct typing<br />

techniques.<br />

Apply and adjust paragraphs, heading,<br />

spaces, fonts, size, colours, merge and delete<br />

rows and<br />

columns in word and excel documents using<br />

correct typing techniques.<br />

Save document and close applications<br />

techniques in English.<br />

Check on student’s typing technique and speed<br />

improvements when typing numbers and symbols.<br />

Practice with real data.<br />

Prepare weekly home-works to assure<br />

students practice the English keyboarding<br />

and main typing techniques.<br />

Every week select some student from the<br />

group to test their speed improvement when<br />

applying correct English typing techniques.<br />

Do not spend more than 10 minutes on the<br />

quiz or test.<br />

General Objective 3.0: Internet in business practice: E-business and E-commerce<br />

Explain the driving principles of the new<br />

practice of business<br />

economy and information economy trends.<br />

13 Explain the impact of information technology on the<br />

Understand the concepts of e-business<br />

The business models of e-commerce:<br />

Business to Business (B2B) and Business to<br />

Customers (B2C) e-commerce<br />

The scope and impact of e-commerce<br />

What an E-strategy is E-business strategies<br />

Enterprise logistics and resource planning<br />

Explain the dynamics of innovation and the<br />

organisational consequences of moving<br />

commerce to the internet. Explain the<br />

importance of information as the basis for<br />

products and production.<br />

Explain the main difference between: B2B &<br />

B2C<br />

Explain the appreciation of integrating<br />

Handouts<br />

Handouts<br />

Internet<br />

.<br />

46


14<br />

Opportunities and barriers of E-commerce<br />

Main methods to overcome barriers<br />

Planning an E-commerce strategy<br />

Define E-tailing<br />

Online stores and portals<br />

Principles of e-marketing and e-customer care<br />

Main features of an online store: browsing,<br />

ordering, secure payment, delivery, billing,<br />

returns and warranties.<br />

Evaluate the operations of a variety of<br />

Internet business: identification of 6 sites<br />

which includes e-tailing in some of the<br />

following areas: books, music, furniture,<br />

social events and conferences, electronic<br />

equipments, stationary, travel, baking,<br />

insurance, etc.<br />

Location of online stores that compete in the<br />

same sector.<br />

Understand the importance of security in the e-business<br />

(Transaction security, public key infrastructure, hackers,<br />

firewalls and e-mail security<br />

technology and business strategies.<br />

Explain main business opportunities of using<br />

e-commerce ( individual access to customers,<br />

shortening the supply chain, global access to<br />

web site, two ways interaction between<br />

customer and supplier, reduction of the need<br />

for premises, etc.).<br />

Identify the main barriers to the development<br />

of e-business within the business<br />

organisations ( lack of commitment to the<br />

project, no clear promotional or marketing<br />

strategy, channel conflicts, etc.)<br />

Explain what real-time communication with<br />

business on the internet means. Voice over.<br />

Start a live connection to the Internet.<br />

Explain the importance of customers for your<br />

business. Reflect with students on using<br />

Internet for marketing. Show some Nigeria<br />

(or other African countries) E-businesses and<br />

identify the way they do the online marketing<br />

of their products and/or services.<br />

Show online examples of successful Internet<br />

business (eg. www.amazon.com,<br />

www.cheapflights.com, www.barclays.com).<br />

Identify main features of the site: buying<br />

goods and or services, advertising products,<br />

general paying procedures.<br />

Ask students to identify two sites with all the<br />

main online store features. Practice bookmarking<br />

at least 6 sites relating to successful<br />

e-tailing examples from the web. Ask them<br />

47


15<br />

Identify main legal issues related to e-commerce<br />

Online privacy principles (data protection)<br />

Technology & policy frameworks for e-<br />

commerce Cyber law<br />

to locate at least 3 stores that compete in the<br />

same business arena. Define their individual<br />

competitive advantages<br />

Explain the importance of use of standard<br />

forms and electronic resources to assured safe<br />

trade, transactions and effective<br />

communications.<br />

Discuss security features in a e-commerce<br />

website (e.g. the bigger the padlock – a small<br />

yellow feature present at the bottom of the e-<br />

commerce website- the more the security in<br />

online transactions), importance of effective<br />

firewalls and use of passwords).<br />

Explain the need to understand net user’s<br />

attitude about online privacy (data<br />

protection). Legality of cookies in personal<br />

and corporate computer networks.<br />

Visit sites about Cyberlaw, to promote<br />

discussions on legal issues about impact of e-<br />

commerce in personal and corporate privacy<br />

rules.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Buhalis (2003) Etourism, HarlowPrentice Hall<br />

100% Practical based on ongoing assessed small tasks (4 by 25% each)<br />

Albert and Sanders (2003) E-business marketing, Pentice Hall<br />

Discuss disclaimers terms and conditions,<br />

intellectual property rights, online<br />

advertising, trading standard issues, and<br />

impact of other countries jurisdiction when<br />

trading.<br />

48


PROGRAMME: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

COURSE: Computer Application II CODE: Credit Hours: 4<br />

LTM: 124 Theoretical: 1 hrs/wk<br />

Year: 1 Semester 2 Pre-requisite LTM:116 Practical: 3 hour/week<br />

GOAL: The intent of the course is to understand the use of spreadsheet programs to perform different tasks such as mathematic and accounting<br />

applications<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES<br />

On completion of this course, the student will be able to:<br />

1. Understand the basic of spread sheet program<br />

2. Understand how to format new document<br />

3. Understand display methods in excel program and how insert files<br />

4. Understand how to handle pictures in excel program<br />

5. Understand page setup and how handle cells<br />

6. Understand how Handle chart and data in Excel program<br />

7. Understand the use of Macro in excel program.<br />

49


PROGRAMME :- NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

COURSE CODE:-LTM 124 CREDIT HOURS :4<br />

COURSE:- COMPUTER APPLICATION 11 Theoretical:- 1 hr/week<br />

Year 1 semester 2 Pre-requisite:LTM116 Practical:- 3hrs/week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

General Objective 1: Understand the basic of spread sheet<br />

program<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Understand the use of Spread Sheet packages.<br />

- Use of excel program tool bar:<br />

Choices Menu<br />

Abbreviation<br />

Dialog Box<br />

Tool Bare<br />

Formatting Bar<br />

Explain and demonstrate<br />

the use of spread sheet<br />

packages and excel tool<br />

bars.<br />

Course book<br />

Data Show<br />

White board<br />

Computer with<br />

Excel program<br />

General Objective 2.0: Understand how to format new document<br />

Outcomes<br />

Illustrate the use of excel<br />

program tool bar:<br />

Choices Menu<br />

Abbreviation<br />

Dialog Box<br />

Tool Bare<br />

Formatting Bare<br />

Practical Content<br />

Teacher’s Activities<br />

Explain and supervise students exercises to<br />

illustrate the use of excel program tool bar<br />

Resources<br />

Course book<br />

Computer network<br />

lab with Excel<br />

packages.<br />

50


3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

2.1Understand how to create new document in<br />

appropriate format<br />

2.2Understand how to use Key Board<br />

abbreviation<br />

2.3 Understand how to create<br />

Bullets Statement, ,numbering Statements,<br />

Save document , Open & Close Document<br />

Using Multiple Document selection, Movements<br />

Text Copy, find and Replace.<br />

2.4 Know how to swap from English to<br />

other languages writing and the<br />

opposite.<br />

Explain and demonstrate<br />

the creation of New<br />

document in appropriate<br />

format.<br />

Course book<br />

Data Show<br />

White board<br />

Practical example to<br />

illustrate how to:<br />

Create a new Document<br />

Text Formatting<br />

Using Key Board<br />

,Bullets Statements<br />

Numbering Statements<br />

,document Saving ,Open<br />

& Close Document<br />

Using Multiple<br />

Document<br />

Selection & Movements<br />

Text Copy, Find and<br />

Replacement<br />

General Objective 3.0: Understand display methods in excel program and how insert files<br />

5.0 Understand how to display pages by use the<br />

flowing commands:<br />

Normal Display<br />

Planning Page Display<br />

Main Document Display<br />

Ruler Setting<br />

Insert File<br />

Insert Word Art 2.0<br />

Insert Symbols<br />

Explain and<br />

demonstrate the<br />

techniques used to<br />

display pages.<br />

Course book<br />

Data Show<br />

White board<br />

Practical example to<br />

illustrate :<br />

Display Methods,<br />

Normal Display<br />

Planning Page Display,<br />

Main Document<br />

Display, Ruler Setting<br />

Insert File and Insert<br />

Word Art 2.0,Insert<br />

Symbol<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand how to handle pictures and drawings in excel program<br />

Explain and supervise students exercises<br />

to illustrate the use of excel commands<br />

Explain and supervise students exercises<br />

to illustrate the use of excel commands<br />

Course book<br />

Computer network lab<br />

with Excel packages.<br />

Course book<br />

Computer network lab<br />

with Excel packages.<br />

51


7<br />

- Understand the different pictures format<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

Practical example to illustrate how<br />

Explain and supervise<br />

Course book<br />

- Understand how to Insert Pictures in a document<br />

demonstrate the<br />

Data Show<br />

to :<br />

students exercises to<br />

Computer network lab<br />

- Understand how to use Drawing tools<br />

techniques used to<br />

White board<br />

Insert Picture, Picture Formatting,<br />

illustrate the use of excel<br />

with Excel packages.<br />

- Understand how to Create Drawings in a<br />

handle pictures and<br />

Drew Tools , Create Drew ,<br />

commands<br />

document<br />

drawings.<br />

And Control and setting Drew<br />

8<br />

- Understand how to Control and set Drew tools.<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand page setup and how handle cells<br />

9<br />

- Understand how to prepare and handle pages ;<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

Practical example to illustrate how to<br />

Explain and supervise<br />

Course book<br />

Page setup,<br />

demonstrate the<br />

Data Show<br />

:<br />

students exercises to illustrate<br />

Computer network<br />

Page Numbering<br />

techniques used to<br />

White board<br />

Page Numbers<br />

the use of excel commands<br />

lab with Excel<br />

Handling Tables<br />

handle pictures and<br />

Table Manu plate<br />

packages.<br />

Create Table<br />

drawings.<br />

Create Table<br />

The Net (display & Hidden)<br />

The Net (display & Hidden)<br />

Add New Rows & Columns<br />

Add New Rows & Columns<br />

Delete Rows & Columns<br />

Delete Rows & Columns<br />

Impact Cells<br />

10<br />

Impact Cells<br />

Disjoint Cells<br />

Disjoint Cells<br />

Formatting Of Manual & auto Table<br />

Formatting Of Manual & auto Table<br />

and Table Division<br />

Table Division<br />

General Objective 6.0: Understand how handle charts and data format in Excel program<br />

11 -Understand the charts and data format techniques<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

Practical example to illustrate how<br />

Explain and supervise<br />

Course book<br />

Chart Types<br />

demonstrate the<br />

Data Show<br />

to<br />

students exercises to illustrate<br />

Computer network<br />

Chart Formatting<br />

techniques used to<br />

White board<br />

Create Chart,<br />

the use of excel techniques<br />

lab with Excel<br />

Data Sorting<br />

handle charts and<br />

Sorting data,<br />

and commands<br />

packages.<br />

Data Filtering<br />

data.<br />

Filtering Data,<br />

Data Validation<br />

and Validate data<br />

General Objective 7: Understand the use of different Computing forums in excel spread sheets.<br />

52


12<br />

- Understand the use of spread sheets formats in the<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

Practical example to<br />

Explain and supervise<br />

Course book<br />

process of computing, using different computing<br />

demonstrate the<br />

Data Show<br />

illustrate how to use<br />

students exercises to illustrate<br />

Computer network<br />

formats such as SUM,<br />

techniques in<br />

White board<br />

different computing<br />

the use of excel techniques<br />

lab with Excel<br />

13<br />

Ratio, Percentage , Averages, Present value, Interest rate,<br />

computing<br />

techniques in spread<br />

and commands<br />

packages.<br />

…..etc.<br />

formats.<br />

sheets.<br />

14<br />

- Understand the use of macro in excel program ;<br />

Explain and<br />

Course book<br />

Practical example to<br />

Explain and supervise<br />

Course book<br />

demonstrate the<br />

Data Show<br />

illustrate how to :<br />

students exercises to illustrate<br />

Computer network<br />

15<br />

create and save a new macro, Macro Setting,<br />

techniques used to<br />

White board<br />

Create new Macro<br />

the use of excel techniques<br />

lab with Excel<br />

and Macro Running<br />

handle Macros<br />

Macro Setting<br />

and commands<br />

packages.<br />

and Macro Running<br />

Type of Assessment Purpose and Nature of the Assessment Weighting<br />

(%)<br />

Examination<br />

Final examination- (written) to assess Knowledge and<br />

30<br />

understanding by of way short answer questions.<br />

Test/ Short papers At least one progress test for feedback. 20<br />

Practical/ Coursework Practical exam to assess student ability to use of Excel program. 50<br />

100<br />

53


PROGRAMME:<br />

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

CODE:LTM 125 CREDIT HOUR 2<br />

COURSE: SPECIAL INTEREST LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> Theoretical: 1 hours/week -<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 2<br />

Practical 1 hours/week -<br />

GOAL:- This course is designed to enable the student acquire knowledge on the meaning and definition of special interest Leisure and<br />

Tourism.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:- On completion of this course, the diplomats should be able to:-<br />

1. Know the meaning and definition of special interest leisure and tourism<br />

2. Understand the basic of niche leisure and tourism terminologies.<br />

3. Know how to develop a market for special interest leisure and tourism<br />

4. Understand the Emergence of nature based tourism<br />

5. Understand the importance of culture based tourism<br />

6. Understand the importance of activity based tourism<br />

7. Understand the structure of special interest tourism packages<br />

54


Department/ Programme: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: SPECIAL INTEREST<br />

LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

Course Code: LTM 125 Contact Hours: 2-0<br />

Credit Hours 2.0<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week<br />

Year: 1<br />

Prerequisite:<br />

Practical: 1 hours /week<br />

Semester: 2<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

General Objectives 1.0 Know the meaning and definition of special interest leisure and tourism<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Resour<br />

ces<br />

55


1<br />

1.1 Define special interest leisure and tourism<br />

Lecture and guidelines for<br />

Textbook OHTs<br />

Identification of<br />

guidelines given<br />

whiteboar<br />

1.2 Evaluate the demand for special leisure and tourism<br />

1.3 Identify special interest leisure and tourism activities using relevant<br />

examples<br />

1.4 Explain the effect of seasonality on demand in tourism.<br />

discussion, use of examples<br />

and OHT’s<br />

projectors or Power<br />

Point Projectors<br />

Text books<br />

special interest<br />

Leisure and Tourism<br />

forms<br />

for group<br />

discussion<br />

(students to be<br />

divided in pairs or<br />

d and pens<br />

brochures, journals,<br />

group of 3/4<br />

magazines,<br />

depending on class<br />

whiteboard and<br />

size) on brochures<br />

pens<br />

and internet based<br />

research<br />

2<br />

1.5 Classify tourists by the purpose of travel.<br />

slides, film etc<br />

identification of<br />

student to<br />

1.6 Classify special interest into their purpose of travel..<br />

Tourism A modern<br />

typical Nigeria<br />

collect<br />

synthesis by<br />

examples<br />

2/brochur<br />

Stephen J. Page<br />

Participatory<br />

es from<br />

Paul Brunt to<br />

discussion.<br />

travel<br />

cornel&<br />

agents and<br />

Understanding<br />

work in<br />

tourism by Prof.<br />

group<br />

Medlik.<br />

using<br />

Heinemann<br />

fleepchart<br />

Publisher<br />

s or<br />

OHTs,<br />

color pens<br />

Internet<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective : 2.0 Understand the basic of niche leisure and tourism terminologies<br />

2.1 Niche leisure and tourism:<br />

Lecture with examples and<br />

Text books,<br />

Divide class into<br />

3<br />

i. niche product<br />

illustration to include national<br />

brochures,<br />

2.1, 2.2 and 2.3<br />

groups (of 2/3/ or<br />

ii. niche service<br />

and international cases<br />

journals,<br />

4 according to<br />

iii. niche market’<br />

magazines, slides,<br />

numbers). Let<br />

iv. niche destination<br />

film etc<br />

each group<br />

56


4<br />

5<br />

WEEK<br />

v. niche attraction<br />

vi. niche resources<br />

2.3. Niche tourism supply and demand<br />

2.4. Identify potential niche product in the student locality<br />

3.0: Know how to develop a market for special interest leisure and tourism<br />

research into one<br />

of the special<br />

interest leisure and<br />

tourism listed<br />

topics (can be<br />

assigned by<br />

drawing topics<br />

from an hut –<br />

student to do this).<br />

Student to produce<br />

a working papers<br />

to be the basis of<br />

their assessed<br />

piece of work<br />

6 3.5 Understand small business operations<br />

3.6 know the principles of small organisations<br />

Lecture with examples and<br />

illustration to include local<br />

Textbook<br />

Identifying special<br />

interest leisure and<br />

student to make an<br />

inventory of<br />

internet<br />

3.7 Distinguish between recreation, entertainment and<br />

cases<br />

recreation provision<br />

natural and<br />

amusement in the context of niche leisure and tourism<br />

in the locality<br />

cultural resources<br />

provision<br />

of Nigeria<br />

4.0 : Understand the Emergence and provision of nature based tourism<br />

7<br />

4.1 Understand the relevance of the natural environment for<br />

special interst tourism<br />

Treat in logical order through<br />

delivery of lecture<br />

textbook and<br />

newspaper cuts<br />

acquire an<br />

understanding of<br />

Visit to a natural area<br />

Vehicle<br />

nature based tourism<br />

Map of Nigeria –<br />

8<br />

4.2 Define Eco-tourism<br />

4.3 Examine the emergence of Eco-tourism<br />

identification of<br />

natural areas and<br />

identification of a<br />

potential nature trail<br />

Physical<br />

map of<br />

57


9 4.4 Know the relationship between national park/games reserve<br />

and tourism<br />

4.5 Know the national parks in Nigeria<br />

Identify the role of<br />

National Parks<br />

for tourists.<br />

students to work<br />

on creation of a<br />

display for the<br />

natural<br />

area/national park<br />

visited (assessed<br />

Nigeria<br />

OHTs<br />

and<br />

pens<br />

.<br />

50%)<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand the Emergence and provision of culture based tourism<br />

58


10<br />

5.1 Explain Religion as an Important special interest tourism. E.g.<br />

Hajji, trip to Jerusalem etc, international.<br />

5.2 Analyse importance of cultural events for special interest<br />

Lecture supported by use of<br />

case studies<br />

textbook OHT or<br />

PPP<br />

to be aware of the<br />

most relevant<br />

religious event and<br />

students divided<br />

into groups to<br />

research into the<br />

Map<br />

and<br />

pens<br />

tourism – exhibitions, festivals and events<br />

relevant gastronomy<br />

most relevant<br />

culture in Nigeria<br />

religious events<br />

and the most<br />

valuable<br />

internet<br />

gastronomic<br />

heritage in<br />

Nigeria and<br />

mark them on a<br />

map<br />

Student to<br />

produce a<br />

5.3 Assess the importance of Gastronomy for special interests<br />

produce a special<br />

religious trail<br />

11<br />

tourism<br />

interest tourism<br />

and a<br />

5.4 Explain cultural activities as a special interesting tourism –<br />

package<br />

gastronomic<br />

cultural Festival and crafts.<br />

trail as basis<br />

part of their<br />

group<br />

General Objective 6.0: Understand the Emergence and provision of activity based tourism<br />

12 6.5 Identify national and international of importance in activity-<br />

Lecture on the topics with<br />

textbook and<br />

understand the<br />

assessment<br />

2 hours<br />

Map of<br />

nigeria<br />

Internet<br />

Comput<br />

ers and<br />

OHTs<br />

based tourism (sport, adventure, etc.)<br />

references to be made on the<br />

brochure<br />

connection existing<br />

covering 6.1,<br />

6.6 Explain the growth of Health and fitness tourism in the past 10<br />

trends in Nigeria<br />

between demand of<br />

6.2, 6.3 student<br />

years.<br />

activity based tourism<br />

to identify<br />

59


and the Nigerian<br />

under<br />

13<br />

6.7 Explain adventure tourism as an important growing special<br />

context<br />

guidelines of<br />

interest tourism<br />

the tutor current<br />

Nigerian trends<br />

using examples<br />

form the<br />

locality (i.e.<br />

hunting and<br />

fishing, spas<br />

and luxury<br />

health related<br />

packages, etc)<br />

General objective<br />

14<br />

7.0 Understand the structure of special interest tourism<br />

lecture<br />

textbooks and<br />

create a Nigeria based<br />

packages<br />

brochures<br />

niche tourism package<br />

15<br />

7.1 To identify the resources and services for a special interest<br />

tourism package<br />

7.2 to design a package<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Natural Area/National Park display project 50% in pairs<br />

Special Interest tourism package presentation (50%) in group of 3/4<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Douglas et al (2001) Special Interests Tourism, Singapore:Wiley<br />

Novelli (ed 2005) Niche Tourism: contemporary issues, trends and case, Oxford: Elsevier<br />

60


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 5 HOURS<br />

Department/ Programme: NATIONAL<br />

DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

LTM 211<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: AIRFARES A<strong>ND</strong> TICKETING I Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: Semester: Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the diplomate should be able to:-<br />

1. Know the concept and nature of Airline ticketing and tariff.<br />

2. Have knowledge of historical development of airline ticketing and fare discounting in airline operations.<br />

3. Know books and documents use in airfares and ticketing services.<br />

4. Know the codes, abbreviations and designations in booking Passengers.<br />

5. Understand how to use reference books in ticketing.<br />

6. Understand standard reservation procedure.<br />

7. Know the procedures for issuing different tickets and components of Airline fare.<br />

8. Demonstrate an understanding of Passenger queries, air tax tariff book and mileages (PAT).<br />

61


Course: AIRFARES A<strong>ND</strong> TICKETING I Course Code: LTM 211 Credit Hours: 5 HOURS<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Week/<br />

s<br />

Year: Semester: Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1: Know the concept of and nature of airline ticketing.<br />

1 1.1 Define airline ticket and the term tariff<br />

WEEK<br />

2<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

(Time lectures with illustration Textbooks in Identify a ticket and<br />

1.2 Explain the components in the ticket<br />

1.3 Identify different types of tickets and define fare<br />

Basis<br />

1.4 Classify and give uses of computer in the ticketing.<br />

1.5 Draft and explain format of a domestic and<br />

international airline ticket<br />

using the relevant books<br />

documents and tickets<br />

airline<br />

troop/ticketing<br />

tariff.<br />

List the components in<br />

a ticket.<br />

List the different types<br />

of ticket and explain<br />

fare basis.<br />

Use computer in<br />

ticketing,<br />

Draw the format of a<br />

domestic and<br />

International Ticket.<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Display the<br />

whole body of a<br />

ticket and<br />

explain a tariff<br />

and fare basis.<br />

Explain the key<br />

points on the<br />

use of<br />

computer.<br />

Organise a trip<br />

to Airline or<br />

travel Agency<br />

booking office<br />

to show them<br />

the tickets.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Knowledge of the historical development of airline ticketing and fare discounting in airline operations.<br />

Historical Development of Airline Ticketing:<br />

Discuss and develop trends of Textbooks Demonstrate Airline Define history<br />

2.1 Trace the history of airline ticket services<br />

Nigerian and global perspective<br />

ticket services.<br />

of airlines.<br />

Resources<br />

Tickets<br />

Computer<br />

Handout on<br />

printed<br />

materials.<br />

Textbooks<br />

Tickets<br />

62


2.2 Give and explain the types of tickets used in the airline with<br />

periods<br />

2.3 Discuss airline ticketing services in Nigeria airline operations<br />

Illustrate and discuss fares<br />

relevant to topical issues<br />

Handout<br />

List the types of<br />

tickets used in the<br />

Explain the<br />

types of tickets,<br />

Handouts<br />

and identify four common categories of discounted fares.<br />

Case studies<br />

airline with periods.<br />

and state their<br />

2.4 Identify and discuss problem associated with airline in Nigeria<br />

services and the<br />

and at global level<br />

List four common<br />

problems<br />

categories of<br />

associated with.<br />

discounted fares.<br />

Identify problems<br />

associated with airline<br />

in Nigeria and in the<br />

world in areas of<br />

ticketing services.<br />

3<br />

General Objective 3.0: Know books and documents used in airfares and ticketing services.<br />

3.1 Identify and explain seven common fare bases<br />

Discuss and make analysis Obtain relevant<br />

3.2 Give the relevance of books and document used in airfares and<br />

and current<br />

ticketing<br />

Calculate Airfares<br />

books (Travel<br />

3.3 Identify four common categories of discounted fares.<br />

agency<br />

List Seven common<br />

fare bases.<br />

Identify the relevant<br />

Assign<br />

readings.<br />

Explain the key<br />

Travel<br />

Agency<br />

Ticketing<br />

hand books.<br />

3.4 Demonstrate a functional understanding of fare basis codes.<br />

handbooks)<br />

documents used in<br />

airfare and ticketing.<br />

State four common<br />

categories of<br />

point on<br />

documents and<br />

airline ticketing<br />

services.<br />

Handout on<br />

printed<br />

materials or<br />

airline<br />

codes.<br />

discounted fares.<br />

Know a functional<br />

understanding of fare<br />

basis codes.<br />

General Objective 4: Know the codes, abbreviations and designations in booking passengers.<br />

4.1 Explain Air line codes Lecturer should emphasize Use airline tariff List and identify Travel<br />

63


4 4.2 Explain equipment codes<br />

4.3 Describe class of service codes<br />

4.4 Explain secondary codes<br />

4.5 Explain city codes<br />

daily<br />

Practices to get conversant with<br />

the codes etc.<br />

and airline<br />

booking<br />

Books world<br />

Maps<br />

codes, abbreviations<br />

and designations in the<br />

airline bookings.<br />

Agency<br />

Ticketing<br />

Handbook.<br />

5<br />

4.6 Describe special airport codes<br />

4.7 Explain time zone codes<br />

4.8 Explain ground zone codes<br />

4.9 Explain frequency codes<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand how to use reference books in ticketing.<br />

5.1 Explain ticketing to city destinations<br />

Conduct regular practical<br />

5.2 Describe ticketing from city of (OMGH)<br />

exercises with hypothetical<br />

5.3 Explain direct flights<br />

cases.<br />

Charts with<br />

IATA<br />

Area zones<br />

International<br />

time zones, etc<br />

World map with<br />

cities, time<br />

zones<br />

Demonstrate how to<br />

use the OAG or ABC<br />

guide.<br />

Demonstrate the<br />

use of OAG or<br />

ABC guide.<br />

Handout on<br />

printed<br />

materials on<br />

airline<br />

codes,<br />

abbreviation<br />

and<br />

designations.<br />

Textbooks<br />

Handout<br />

IATA areas.<br />

6<br />

5.4 Explain connecting flights<br />

List resources for making a<br />

Explain the key<br />

5.5 Describe maximum connecting time for every city served by<br />

connection.<br />

points in direct<br />

schedule flight<br />

Discuss maximum connecting<br />

and connecting<br />

times for every city.<br />

flights.<br />

Discuss<br />

minimum<br />

connecting<br />

time.<br />

General Objective 6: Understand standard reservation procedure.<br />

Use typical and illustrated cases<br />

Use ABC<br />

Carry out reservation<br />

Direct student.<br />

Textbooks<br />

7<br />

Air passenger<br />

procedure.<br />

Discuss problems of reservation<br />

tariff etc.<br />

Supervise<br />

Handout<br />

and their solution.<br />

Airline<br />

Design a reservation<br />

students in<br />

brochure, airline<br />

char.<br />

airline<br />

Sample of<br />

Discuss confirming,<br />

schedules etc.<br />

reservation<br />

reservation<br />

64


8<br />

6.1 List various information of reservation<br />

6.2 Explain the need for necessary information required<br />

for accurate and complete record<br />

6.3 Explain problems associated with reservations<br />

and their solutions<br />

cancellation and reconfirming<br />

of ticketing.<br />

Discuss reservation systems of<br />

all kinds of passengers.<br />

Use typical and illustrated Carry cares out airline<br />

activities on<br />

reservation computer<br />

system.<br />

computer. Use ABC card.<br />

Air passenger tariff etc<br />

Airline brochure, Computer airline schedules etc.<br />

system.<br />

6.4 Explain ticketing time transit for confirming,<br />

6.5 cancellation and reconfirming tickets<br />

6.6 Explain the reservation procedures for each<br />

9<br />

passenger first class travellers and coach travellers.<br />

6.7 Explain the reservations procedure for a special<br />

passenger, e.g. special meals, mothers with infants<br />

handicaps etc.<br />

6.8 Explain no-show and “go-show” passengers<br />

6.9 Work on an airline reservation computer system<br />

General Objective 7: Know the procedures for issuing different tickets and components of Air line fare.<br />

10<br />

7.1 State the principles of ticketing<br />

i. Illustration with emphasis<br />

Book, tickets<br />

Complete both<br />

Supervise<br />

Airline ticket<br />

7.2 Complete a conjunction ticket<br />

placed on tickets on practical<br />

vehicles for<br />

domestics and<br />

students<br />

sample MCO<br />

basis<br />

field trips etc.<br />

international ticket.<br />

practicals<br />

PTA<br />

11<br />

7.3 Write both domestic and international tickets<br />

ii. Students should be given<br />

(writing or<br />

7.4 Issue an MCO (Miscellaneous Charges Order)<br />

full lectures on the ethics of<br />

Audio visual<br />

Complete MCO and<br />

completing a<br />

Textbooks<br />

ticketing at a visited airline<br />

materials be<br />

PTA.<br />

conjunction<br />

12<br />

7.5 Issue a PTA (Prepared Ticket Advice)<br />

Booking Centre<br />

used.<br />

ticket MCO,<br />

Handout.<br />

7.6 Identify credit and two components of an airline fare.<br />

Explain, conation, ticket, fare<br />

Differentiate credit<br />

PTA, and both<br />

7.7 Complete a junction ticket<br />

calculation ladder and types of<br />

and two components<br />

domestic and<br />

Ticket Importer.<br />

13<br />

7.8 Write and interpret fare ladder<br />

special fare.<br />

of an air line fare.<br />

international<br />

Give the meaning of<br />

tickets)<br />

7.9 Recognise seven types of special fare.<br />

reconfirmation of a reservation.<br />

Write a conjunction<br />

14<br />

7.10 Reconfirmation<br />

ticket/fare ladder.<br />

State seven types of<br />

65


General Objective 8: Passenger queries, air tax tariff book, mileages (PAT).<br />

15 8.1 Explain the background information in the PAT<br />

Discuss the topics and give<br />

8.2 Identify the passenger Air Tariff Editions<br />

assignment.<br />

8.3 Describe the content per book. All PAT books, for EH/WH<br />

fare books, fares rules book.<br />

General rules book and maximum permitted mileages book<br />

Use of practical cares as in case<br />

studies<br />

Air passenger<br />

Tariff brooks<br />

special fare.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

60 %; Practical 40 % Examination<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

66


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 2 HOURS<br />

Department/ Programme: NATIONAL<br />

DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

LTM 212<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT Theoretical: 2hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: LTM 212 Practical: 0 hours /week<br />

GOAL:<br />

General Objectives: This course is designed to enable the students understand the concept and nature of Leisure and<br />

Tourism Management<br />

1. Understand the concept of Leisure and Tourism Management<br />

2. Understand Leisure and the needs of people<br />

3. Know the factors influencing Leisure participation<br />

4. Know the leisure products.<br />

5. Understand how to plan Leisure activities.<br />

6 Understand trends in the leisure industry<br />

7. Understand leisure provision in the public sector<br />

8. Understand Leisure provision in the voluntary sector<br />

9. Understand Leisure provision in the commercial sector<br />

10. Understand the concept of Tourism Management<br />

11. Understand the concept of Tourism Management<br />

67


Course: Leisure and Tourism Management Course Code: LTM 212 Credit Hours: 2 hours<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

We<br />

ek/s<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: LTM.212 Practical: 0 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0: Understand the concept of leisure and Tourism Management.<br />

1 1.1 Describe the basic concepts of leisure and<br />

recreation management<br />

1.2 Explain Leisure as a social issue<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Define and Explain the basic Textbooks<br />

1.3 Analyse the Relationship between leisure, recreation and work<br />

concepts of leisure<br />

management.<br />

Enumerate Social problems and<br />

how leisure and recreation<br />

could be used to tackle them.<br />

Magazines<br />

Handouts<br />

Leisure activities and<br />

free time<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Student to<br />

identify needs<br />

and wants in the<br />

contemporary<br />

leisure<br />

environment<br />

Resources<br />

Explain the importance of<br />

recreation to work and workers<br />

health.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Understand Leisure and the needs of people<br />

2.1 State how leisure opportunity can help to meet some of the social Explain how leisure can be<br />

Textbooks<br />

2<br />

and physical needs of people.<br />

used to meet peoples need.<br />

Leisure activity and<br />

Student to<br />

2.2 Human motivation and Needs, Social and Needs.<br />

Printed<br />

consumption of space<br />

identify main<br />

2.3 Analyse the demands of leisure services<br />

Enumerate hierarchy of human<br />

materials from<br />

leisure<br />

needs.<br />

handout.<br />

complexes in<br />

the locality and<br />

Discuss demands of leisure<br />

their offer<br />

services.<br />

General Objective 3.0: Know the factors influencing Leisure participation<br />

68


3<br />

3.1 Explain the factors influencing participation,<br />

appreciate individual, personal and family.<br />

3.2 Influences on leisure participation and situational<br />

State clearly the factors which<br />

influence people’s participation in<br />

leisure.<br />

Textbooks<br />

Magazines<br />

Understand Leisure<br />

participation through<br />

Case study analysis<br />

. Video film<br />

VHS and<br />

VCR<br />

circumstances and leisure participation.<br />

3.3 List opportunities in leisure participation.<br />

Discuss the different opportunities<br />

abound in Leisure participation.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Know leisure Products<br />

4 4.1 Define leisure Product in the tourism context<br />

4.2 Describe Leisure and Analyse its implications for leisure services.<br />

4.3 Explain the leisure experience.<br />

Define leisure product<br />

Analyse the implication, list out<br />

Textbooks and<br />

Charts.<br />

Assess Recreational<br />

activity for different<br />

type of travellers<br />

In class<br />

exercise<br />

Flip chart<br />

and pens<br />

the ingredients experience.<br />

State clearly the conditions for<br />

leisure.<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand how to plan Leisure Activities<br />

5.1 Explain leisure planning<br />

Define leisure planning.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

Guest speaker<br />

5<br />

5.2 Analyse the Planning Process<br />

5.3 Assess leisure demand in a given environment.<br />

Analyse the processes used in<br />

assessing the demand.<br />

Understand the<br />

planning process<br />

from the<br />

industry<br />

Illustrate with sample data.<br />

General Objective 6.0: Understand trends in the Leisure and tourism Industry<br />

6.1 Appreciate the use of information on trends.<br />

Provide information trends in<br />

Textbooks<br />

Assess demand and<br />

Student to do a<br />

6<br />

6.2 Understand Leisure expectations are rising<br />

6.3 Identify leisure as a growth industry.<br />

6.4 Understand Health, fitness and new life style as<br />

leisure related activities.<br />

the following areas – Leisure<br />

time, participation, consumer<br />

expenditure etc.<br />

Explain leisure as a growth<br />

Magazines<br />

Printed<br />

materials from<br />

supply of Leisure<br />

activities<br />

SWOT analysis<br />

on leisure<br />

opportunities of<br />

the locality<br />

industry.<br />

handout.<br />

Explain and site examples of<br />

health fitness.<br />

69


General Objective 7.0: Understand leisure provision in the public sector.<br />

7.1 Identify providers of leisure services and facilities.<br />

List out the Providers of leisure<br />

Textbook.<br />

Assess public sector in<br />

Student to<br />

Guest lecturer<br />

7<br />

7.2 Appreciate public sector services and facilities.<br />

services.<br />

leisure and tourism<br />

investigate the<br />

from the local<br />

public sector<br />

gov. to give a<br />

Discuss the public sector<br />

role<br />

speach<br />

services and facilities.<br />

General Objective 8.0: Understand leisure provision in the Voluntary sector<br />

8.1 Discuss Leisure in the voluntary sector<br />

Explain the concept with<br />

Textbook<br />

Assess the voluntary<br />

8<br />

8.2 Analyse leisure participation in Voluntary groups.<br />

examples of commercial and<br />

sector in travel and<br />

8.3 Mention the roles of V/Gs in the society.<br />

home based leisure facilities.<br />

tourism<br />

General Objective 9.0: Understand leisure provision in the commercial sector<br />

9 9.1 Discuss commercial providers of leisure services and facilities. Explain the importance of<br />

Textbooks<br />

In class Tutorials for<br />

9.2 Discuss Home based leisure<br />

leisure in the Voluntary sector.<br />

essay<br />

9.3 Tourism and holidays.<br />

List out the roles of Voluntary<br />

Video films.<br />

groups in the society.<br />

10<br />

General Objective 10: Understand the concept of Tourism Management<br />

10.1 Define Tourism Management<br />

Explain the concept with<br />

Textbooks<br />

In class Tutorial for<br />

10.2 Discuss the Management process<br />

examples of commercial and<br />

Video films<br />

essay<br />

home based leisure facilities.<br />

11<br />

10.3 Explain the Principles of Management in historical perspective.<br />

10.4 Understand the Management functional and practices in Leisure<br />

Discuss tourism and holiday.<br />

12<br />

13<br />

10.5 Describe Group behaviour in the Tourism Management setting.<br />

10.6 Mention Quality Tourism Management.<br />

General Objective 11.0: Analyse performance appraisal based on management by objectives.<br />

11.1 Explain the meaning of management<br />

Appraise management objectives.<br />

Text books<br />

by objectives.<br />

Videos<br />

14<br />

11.2 Know management information<br />

Explain management information system.<br />

70


15<br />

system.<br />

11.3 Appreciate performance appraisal.<br />

Evaluate performance appraisal and its<br />

implementation<br />

11.4 Know the its implementation<br />

11.5 Application of the MBO/performance<br />

appraisal management system.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Coursework/ Assignments 60 %; Examination 40%<br />

Indicative Textbooks & References:<br />

Page (2003) Tourism management: Oxford B&H<br />

Horner and Swarbrooke (2004) International cases in tourism management, Oxford: Elsevier.<br />

Fyall, Garrod and Leask (2003) Visitor Attractions), Oxford:B&H<br />

71


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 6.0<br />

Department/ Programme: NATIONAL<br />

DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

LTM 213<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: <strong>TOURISM</strong> PROMOTION Theoretical: 2.0 hours/week<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 4.0 hours /week<br />

GOAL: This course is deigned to acquaint students with the basic knowledge of tourism promotion.<br />

General Objectives:<br />

On completion of this course the student should be able to:-<br />

1. Understand promotion in the travel and Tourism Industry<br />

2. Understand tourism advertising in promotion.<br />

3. Understand direct marketing in Tourism Promotion<br />

4. Understand Public relations and its use in the tourism Industry.<br />

72


Course: <strong>TOURISM</strong> PROMOTION Course Code: LTM 213 Credit Hours: 6.0<br />

Theoretical: 2.0 hours/week<br />

Week<br />

/s<br />

1<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 4.0 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1: Understand Promotion in the travel and Tourism Industry<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

1.1 Define Tourism Promotion<br />

Explain Tourism Promotion.<br />

Textbooks<br />

1.2 Distinguish between different sales promotion<br />

Discuss different sales promotions.<br />

Magazines,<br />

printed<br />

materials.<br />

Understand<br />

tourism<br />

promotion<br />

techniques<br />

Teacher’s activities<br />

Guide student through the use<br />

of different promotion material<br />

Resources<br />

Promotion<br />

material<br />

such as<br />

brochures<br />

and internet<br />

2<br />

1.3 Relate their use in achieving differing objectives<br />

1.4 Indicate the stages in campaign Planning for tourism<br />

promotion<br />

State their uses.<br />

Explain the various stages in campaign<br />

planning.<br />

textbook<br />

Understand the<br />

process of<br />

campaign<br />

Guide student to identify<br />

priority for a chosen tourism<br />

destination<br />

Flipchart<br />

and pens<br />

planning<br />

1.5 Evaluate the effectiveness of campaign<br />

Analyse the effectiveness of promotion<br />

Use examples<br />

Understand the<br />

Direct students to design<br />

3<br />

1.6 Explain the role of exhibition, workshops and<br />

campaigns.<br />

from industry<br />

role of exhibition<br />

porters for an exhibition on a<br />

presentations on the travel and tourism Industry.<br />

and workshops<br />

particular theme.<br />

Explain the importance of workshops,<br />

exhibition and presentation.<br />

4<br />

General Objective 2: Understand Tourism Advertising in Promotion<br />

2.1 Define advertising<br />

Explain advertisings.<br />

2.2 Explain the purpose of advertising<br />

Explain the purpose of how to create<br />

Textbooks<br />

Handout<br />

Create an advert for a<br />

leisure or tourism<br />

Direct students to<br />

produce and participate in<br />

videocamera<br />

effective advertising.<br />

related product<br />

radio and TV jingles of<br />

various tourist<br />

destinations.<br />

73


5<br />

2.3 Explain how to create effective advertisements<br />

2.4 Indicate the role of the advertising agent.<br />

Discuss the role of advertising agent.<br />

Videos on<br />

adverts<br />

VCR<br />

Compare and contrast<br />

adverts<br />

.Show advert made by<br />

students and<br />

discussion<br />

Videos and<br />

VCR<br />

6<br />

2.5 Explain the factor behind choice of media<br />

2.6 Explain the need to plan for promotional budgets.<br />

Highlight on the choice of media. Understand the<br />

process of promotional<br />

Guide students to make a<br />

promotional budget<br />

PCs<br />

budgets<br />

7<br />

General Objective 3: Understand direct marketing in Tourism Promotion<br />

3.1 Define Direct marketing<br />

Explain direct marketing.<br />

3.2 Distinguish between the various forms of direct Explain the difference of various forms<br />

marketing promotion.<br />

of marketing promotion.<br />

Textbooks<br />

Handout<br />

Understand the<br />

process of direct<br />

marketing and<br />

Direct students to design<br />

postcards for mailing, and<br />

for making direct contact<br />

Cardboard<br />

papers and<br />

papers.<br />

.<br />

different tools<br />

on house to house basis.<br />

8<br />

3.3 Explain the benefits which direct marketing offers over<br />

other forms of marketing communication.<br />

Explain the benefits of direct marketing over<br />

other forms of communication<br />

Continue from<br />

previous session<br />

PCs<br />

9<br />

3.4 Explain how each form of direct marketing can be<br />

successfully applied.<br />

Discuss the principles and techniques<br />

used in direct marketing applied<br />

Assess different work<br />

produced in previous<br />

Help students to evaluate<br />

different work produced<br />

PCs<br />

(forms).<br />

session<br />

10 3.5 Mount a successful direct mail campaign<br />

3.6 Explain the benefits of the computer database as an aid<br />

Explain on the success of direct mail<br />

campaign.<br />

Write a meaningful<br />

brief for a mail<br />

Direct students in the<br />

writing process<br />

PCs<br />

to direct marketing in tourism promotion.<br />

Explain the use of database as an aid to<br />

campaign<br />

direct marketing in tourism promotion.<br />

11<br />

General Objective 4: Understand Public relations and its use in the tourism Industry<br />

4.1 Define Public relation, characteristics and its role in Explain the recent public relations Textbooks<br />

tourism promotion<br />

Handouts<br />

Understand the<br />

different way of<br />

conducting PR<br />

Have group discussion<br />

and summarize the key<br />

points.<br />

Textbooks<br />

Handout.<br />

12 4.2 Compare the benefits of public relations (PR)<br />

campaign with other forms of communication.<br />

Compare the benefit of public relations<br />

over other forms of communication.<br />

Help student in producing<br />

a PR campaign<br />

74


13<br />

4.3 Identify the role of the public relations offices (PRO)<br />

List the role and function of public<br />

Discussion on previous<br />

and the functions of PR.<br />

relation officer.<br />

session<br />

4.4 Explain how Public relation campaign are mounted.<br />

Discuss how public relation campaign<br />

4.5 Evaluate alternative approaches to gaining publicity.<br />

are mounted or carried out.<br />

14<br />

Assess alternative approaches to gaining<br />

publicity.<br />

4.6 Explain the importance of measuring the success of all<br />

Evaluate the importance of measuring<br />

15<br />

promotional techniques.<br />

the success of all promotional<br />

techniques.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Group Presentation of results of practical work 100% (based on 4 different work produced)<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Tapp A (2000) Principles of Direct and database marketing, Harlow: prentice Hall<br />

Smith and Taylor (2004) Marketing Communication London: Code and Page<br />

75


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> Code: LTM 214<br />

Credit Hours: 4 hours<br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Course: Office Practice Pre-requisite: none<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 25%<br />

Year 2 : Semester: 1<br />

Practical: 3 hours/week - 75%<br />

Course /Goal: The module is intended to equip students with overall knowledge of the key function of the office role of the office in relation to the business world.<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course the student should be able to:-<br />

1.0 Know the functions of an office in an organisation.<br />

2.0 Understand types of office structure.<br />

3.0 Know the meaning and functions of a registry.<br />

4.0 Understand the uses of the various mailroom equipment (office mail & services).<br />

5.0 Know the functions and services of the Post Office and other special deliveries.<br />

6.0 Understand the services of NITEL and other communication services..<br />

7.0 Know common office terms, acronyms, abbreviations and slips.<br />

8.0 Understand the types, importance and functions of office equipment.<br />

76


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong><br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Code: LTM 214<br />

Credit Hours: 4 x week<br />

Course: Office Practice I Pre-requisite: NONE<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 25 %<br />

Semester: 1<br />

Practical: 3 hours/week - 75 %<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Week<br />

General Objective 1.0: Know the functions of an office in an organisation.<br />

Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s<br />

Activities<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Resources<br />

1<br />

1.1 Define an office.<br />

- Give students various<br />

1.1 Watch video clips<br />

- Show<br />

-Overhead<br />

1.2 State the functions of and office.<br />

definitions of an office.<br />

Textbooks<br />

of a modern office.<br />

students<br />

projector<br />

- Explain the functions<br />

various video<br />

- Slides<br />

1.3 Explain the importance of an<br />

of an office, e.g.<br />

Handouts<br />

1.2 Show pictures,<br />

clips on the<br />

- Video<br />

2<br />

office to a business organisation.<br />

receiving, storage,<br />

layout of modern<br />

modern<br />

Cassettes<br />

1.4 Describe work environment.<br />

reviewing, etc.<br />

Visual examples<br />

offices<br />

office<br />

- Computer<br />

- Explain the importance<br />

pictures and<br />

of an office to a<br />

posters of<br />

business organisation.<br />

modern<br />

- Explain work<br />

offices.<br />

environment and how<br />

the office can be<br />

arranged.<br />

77


General Objective 2.0: Understand types of office structure.<br />

3 2.1 Explain various organisation<br />

- Posters, diagram of<br />

- Posters<br />

2.1 Draw an<br />

-Guide<br />

-Organizational<br />

structures.<br />

organization structures.<br />

- Books<br />

Organisation chart.<br />

students in<br />

chart<br />

2.2 List the functions of the<br />

- Handouts<br />

2.2 Show different types<br />

drawing an<br />

-Projectors<br />

various units of the<br />

- Explain the functions of<br />

- Books<br />

of office layout.<br />

organisation<br />

-Video<br />

organisation.<br />

the various units in an<br />

- ICI I<br />

2.3 Identify key<br />

chart.<br />

-Cassettes<br />

2.3 List the factors affecting<br />

organisation and factors<br />

Syllabus<br />

ergonomics in the<br />

- Show<br />

-Chalkboard<br />

location of an office layout.<br />

that affect office<br />

- Office<br />

work place.<br />

difference<br />

-Whiteboard<br />

location.<br />

furniture<br />

types of office<br />

-Chalkboard,<br />

catalogue.<br />

layout.<br />

Whiteboard<br />

- Refer students to the<br />

-Explain the<br />

- OHP<br />

UNIT 113 (ICI I) when<br />

ergonomics in<br />

- Video clips<br />

they study the principles<br />

the work<br />

- Flip chart<br />

of ergonomics in the<br />

place.<br />

work station.<br />

-Student<br />

activity<br />

drawing<br />

various<br />

office layouts ideal<br />

taking into account<br />

environmental<br />

factors (temperature,<br />

noise, illumination).<br />

General Objective 3.0 Know the meaning and functions of a registry.<br />

78


4<br />

5<br />

3.1 Describe a registry<br />

3.2 State the functions of a<br />

registry.<br />

3.3 Identify the merits and<br />

demerits of a centralized<br />

registry.<br />

- Define a registry.<br />

- Explain the functions of<br />

a registry.<br />

- Explain the differences<br />

between centralized and<br />

decentralized registry<br />

and their advantages/<br />

disadvantages.<br />

-Registry<br />

equipment.<br />

-Law books.<br />

-Books<br />

- handouts<br />

3.1 Identify the types<br />

of registry – open,<br />

secret, etc.<br />

6 3.4 Identify factors that should<br />

be considered when<br />

deciding on types of<br />

registry.<br />

3.5 List the registry personnel.<br />

3.6 Establish the duties of<br />

registry personnel.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand the uses of various mailroom equipment.<br />

7 4.1 List and identify<br />

the various<br />

mailroom<br />

equipment.<br />

4.2 Demonstrate use of<br />

the mailroom<br />

equipment.<br />

.<br />

-Display various<br />

clips of office<br />

registry for<br />

students to see.<br />

- Visit the office<br />

registry of an<br />

organization.<br />

-Explain the<br />

various steps<br />

mails are<br />

handled.<br />

-Explain/list<br />

the various<br />

mailroom<br />

equipment.<br />

-Demonstrate<br />

the use of the<br />

various<br />

mailroom<br />

equipment<br />

and machines.<br />

-Registry equipment<br />

- Projectors<br />

- Video<br />

equipment.<br />

- Contacts with<br />

Registry<br />

offices in<br />

local<br />

organisation.<br />

-Date stamping<br />

machines.<br />

-Shredder<br />

-Delivery<br />

trolleys<br />

-Staplers<br />

-Punches<br />

-Addressing<br />

machines.<br />

-Sealing<br />

machines<br />

-Stamps, etc<br />

79


General Objective 5.0: Know the functions and services of the Post office and other special deliveries.<br />

8 5.1 List services provided by the Post Office<br />

e.g. EMS, Registered Mails, Money<br />

Orders, Parcel Post, Advice of Deliveries,<br />

Airmail, etc.<br />

- Explain the various<br />

services rendered by the<br />

Post Office.<br />

- Explain the various<br />

-Chalkboard<br />

-Brochures<br />

-List of prices<br />

5.1 To provide with<br />

practical<br />

experience visiting<br />

public and private<br />

5.2 List the various public and private<br />

courier services.<br />

postal services.<br />

.<br />

9<br />

services eg DHL, UPS, etc.<br />

General Objective 6.0: Understand the services of NITEL and other communication services.<br />

10 6.1 List the services of NITEL eg local/long -Explain the services and<br />

-Brochure<br />

6.1 Identify other types<br />

distance calls, international calls, fax operation rendered by<br />

-List of prices<br />

of communication<br />

messages, Internet.<br />

NITEL.<br />

services, eg GSM,<br />

etc.<br />

General Objective 7.0 Know common office terms, acronyms, abbreviations and slips.<br />

-Organise a<br />

trip to the<br />

Post Office.<br />

-Get students<br />

in groups to<br />

ask relevant\<br />

questions<br />

about postal<br />

services.<br />

-Give students<br />

case study to<br />

select<br />

appropriate<br />

mail<br />

services.<br />

-Organise a trip<br />

to NITEL and<br />

NIPOST.<br />

-Specimens of<br />

items listed in<br />

5.1.<br />

-Contacts with<br />

local Post<br />

Office.<br />

-NITEL Cards<br />

-Handsets<br />

-Telephone<br />

box<br />

-Refill cards<br />

etc.<br />

80


11-12 7.1 List most common office terms, acronyms,<br />

abbreviations, etc.<br />

- Explain the common<br />

office terms that are in<br />

use.<br />

Handouts<br />

General Objective 8.0 Understand the types, importance and functions of office equipment.<br />

13 8.1 Establish the importance of the<br />

-Explain the importance of<br />

-Handouts<br />

various office equipment.<br />

the various equipment.<br />

-Pictures<br />

-Posters<br />

14 8.2 List the functions of the office<br />

-List and explain the<br />

-Magazines<br />

equipment.<br />

functions of office<br />

equipments.<br />

15 State the advantages/disadvantages of using some<br />

equipment.<br />

-Explain the advantages/<br />

disadvantages of each<br />

equipment.<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework<br />

Course test<br />

30%<br />

%<br />

7.1 Identify and<br />

explain the use of<br />

office slips and<br />

common terms eg.<br />

Urgent, immediate,<br />

etc.<br />

List the types of key office<br />

equipments.<br />

Practical<br />

%<br />

- Explain the -Various Slips<br />

use of office - Group work<br />

slips and<br />

game form<br />

common terms. (scrambled<br />

words,<br />

- Group<br />

memory<br />

work/game to cards, etc).<br />

identify<br />

various<br />

(Hidden)<br />

acronyms and<br />

office slips.<br />

List and explain the -Computer<br />

general of key -Photocopies<br />

office equipment. -Franking<br />

machine<br />

-Shredder<br />

-Fax machine<br />

-Scanner<br />

-Guillotine<br />

-Filing cabinets<br />

-Scanner etc.<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio)<br />

70%<br />

81


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 2 HOURS<br />

Department/ Programme: NATIONAL<br />

DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

LTM 221<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: SUSTAINABLE<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

Year: 2 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 0 hours /week<br />

GOAL: This course is designed to enable the student acquire basic knowledge of sustainable tourism<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course the diplomate should be able to:<br />

1.0 Understand Antecedents of sustainable development<br />

2.0 Understand the concept of sustainable leisure and tourism.<br />

3.0 Understand the concept of sustainable Tourism development<br />

4.0 Relate sustainable tourism development and economic restructuring<br />

5.0 Understand the relations between tourism, society and culture and sustainability<br />

6.0 Identify the tools for sustainable tourism management.<br />

82


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong><br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Course<br />

Code: LTM<br />

221<br />

Credit Unit 2<br />

Course: : SUSTAINABLE <strong>TOURISM</strong> Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Week<br />

/s<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: LTM 212 Practical: 0 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0 Understand Antecedent of sustainable Development<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Basic and Major tourism Terminologies<br />

1 1.1 Explain changing attitudes towards nature<br />

WEEK<br />

in Western Society<br />

1.2 Explain Romantics Vision<br />

1.3 Explain the Rise of progress conservation<br />

1.4 Explain Antecedents<br />

Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Discuss the changing attitude Textbooks To understand the<br />

towards nature<br />

Discuss Romantic Vision<br />

Discuss the rise of progress<br />

conservation<br />

Explain Aristae Ecotowition<br />

Discuss Antecedents.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Understand the concept of sustainable leisure and tourism<br />

importance of the<br />

environment in<br />

(natural, social and<br />

cultural terms)<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

To discuss with<br />

students the<br />

importance of<br />

certain<br />

resources.<br />

Student to<br />

produce a list of<br />

resources to be<br />

preserved<br />

Resources<br />

Flip chart<br />

and pens<br />

2<br />

Specific Learning Outcome Specific Learning Outcome<br />

2.1 Define sustainable leisure and tourism<br />

Lecture supported by use of<br />

examples<br />

Textbook<br />

Understand the<br />

concept of<br />

Show video on<br />

VCR<br />

2.2 Apply the concept of sustainability to different leisure and<br />

sustainability through<br />

mass tourism<br />

tourism scenarios<br />

the use of examples<br />

followed by<br />

2.3 Define development<br />

Explain the relationship<br />

(i.e. mass tourism vs<br />

discussion<br />

2.4 Understand the relationship between sustainability and<br />

small scale tourism)<br />

development (contrasts and interactions)<br />

83


Specific Learning Outcom narrate sustainable Textbook<br />

.<br />

WEEK<br />

3<br />

General Objective 3.0: Understand the concept of Sustainable Tourism Development<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

Lecture of theoretical<br />

Textbook<br />

3.1 Explain sustainable developments and Tourism<br />

approaches to sustainability<br />

3.2 Explain sustainable Tourism as a problem of Scale.<br />

Highlight on the problems of<br />

Understand Mass vs<br />

niche tourism and<br />

sustainability<br />

Use of<br />

examples and in<br />

White board<br />

and pens<br />

3.3 Explain the Time Scale involved.<br />

scale<br />

Understand long term<br />

class discussion<br />

Explain the Time scale<br />

vs short term benefits<br />

4<br />

3.4 Explain the sustainable development framework - sustainable<br />

development in environmental, socio-cultural and economic<br />

terms<br />

Discuss community<br />

5<br />

3.5 Explain Community participation<br />

3.6 Identity a tourist<br />

3.7 Illustrate the corporate dimension<br />

Define Community Rent.<br />

Identify a tourist<br />

Highlight the corporate<br />

dimension<br />

Assess the community<br />

involvement in<br />

decision making<br />

process<br />

In class<br />

discussion<br />

6<br />

3.8 Explain the Regulatory contest of sustainable development<br />

Discuss the regulatory contest<br />

3.9 Identify the role of the Community in the SD framework (i.e.<br />

of sustainable tourism<br />

the community as owner of the resources and their<br />

development<br />

responsibility towards them)<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 4.0: Relate sustainable tourism development and economic restructuring<br />

7<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

5.1 Evaluate the economic impact of tourism<br />

5.2 Explain the new forms e g consumption i.e. opportunity for<br />

Explain the new forms of<br />

consumption<br />

Discuss the sustainable<br />

Textbook<br />

Use examples form<br />

other African countries<br />

Assess the<br />

economic<br />

Flip chart<br />

and pens<br />

sustainable tourism?<br />

Tourism Regulation<br />

with an active tourism<br />

impact<br />

Explain the political economy<br />

industry<br />

8<br />

5.3 Analyse the sustainable Tourism Regulation<br />

of sustainability<br />

84


5.4 Explain the political economy of sustainability (developed<br />

world vs developing world)<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand the relations between tourism, society and culture and sustainability<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

Explain the geographical Textbook<br />

Use examples from<br />

Assess the<br />

Flip chart and<br />

9<br />

5.1. Evaluate the social impact of tourism<br />

Explain Indigenous<br />

wildlife tourism in<br />

socio-cultural<br />

pens<br />

Masailand, East Africa<br />

impact of<br />

10<br />

5.2 Understand the Geography indigenous people<br />

Lecture<br />

Textbook<br />

Analyse Developing<br />

tourism (i.e<br />

5.3 Define community based tourism<br />

Indigenous tourism<br />

prostitution in<br />

Discus Indigenous in South<br />

Thailand)<br />

Discuss the wildlife in<br />

Masailand of East Africa<br />

Textbook<br />

Continue for previous<br />

week applying concept<br />

Explain developing indigenous<br />

to Nigeria<br />

Indigenous tourism<br />

11<br />

5.4 Assess Indigenous involvement in tourism in Nigeria<br />

Analyse the could of<br />

indigenous tourism<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 6.0: Identify the tools for sustainable tourism management<br />

Specific Learning Objective<br />

Explain the tools for<br />

Textbooks,<br />

Understand ways of<br />

Lecturer to<br />

Flip chart and<br />

12<br />

6.1 Outline the tools for Sustainable Tourism<br />

sustainability Tourism<br />

Journals<br />

managing tourism in a<br />

guide student to<br />

pens<br />

Explain the carry capacity<br />

sustainable manner<br />

identify ways of<br />

limiting<br />

13<br />

6.2 Understand the concept of carrying capacity in leisure and<br />

Analyse the Environmental<br />

Textbook<br />

environmental<br />

tourism.<br />

impact assessment e g<br />

and socio-<br />

sustainability tourism<br />

Textbook<br />

cultural al<br />

14<br />

6.3 Understand the importance of ethics in leisure and tourism<br />

Explain the cumulative effects<br />

impacts<br />

operations<br />

assessment<br />

Explain Ecological sustainable<br />

Textbook<br />

Use video by<br />

15<br />

6.4 Understand the importance of code of conduct in leisure and<br />

development<br />

Tourism<br />

tourism<br />

Discuss integrated resource<br />

Textbook<br />

concern<br />

.<br />

Management, social values and<br />

“Looking<br />

85


ethic Textbook Beyond the<br />

Brochure”<br />

(Gambia)<br />

Assessment could consist of an individual essay 60% (2,000 words on the concept of sustainable tourism) and a group presentation 40% on a sustainable tourism case study .<br />

Holden (2000) Environment and Tourism, London: Routledge is only an example.<br />

86


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 5 HOURS<br />

Department/ Programme: NATIONAL<br />

DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

LTM 222<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: ART HERITAGE A<strong>ND</strong><br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

CULTURE<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

GOAL:<br />

This course is designed to enable the student acquire knowledge of Nigeria’s diverse Cultural Resources for Tourism Promotion<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:<br />

On completion of this course, the diplomate should be able to:<br />

1.0 Know the major ethnic groups of Nigeria<br />

2.0 Identify the different distinct physical structures of the major tribes.<br />

3.0 Know the important Cultural Festival in Nigeria<br />

4.0 Identify the major Cultural Festivals in the six geopolitical zones.<br />

5.0 Know the impact of Cultural ceremonies on tourism Promotion in Nigeria<br />

6.0 Know the role and importance of land marks in tourism.<br />

87


Week/<br />

s<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Course Code: LTM<br />

222<br />

Credit Hours: 5<br />

COURSE: ARTS, HERITAGE A<strong>ND</strong> CULTURE Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0 Know the major ethnic groups of Nigeria.<br />

Specific Learning Outcome Teacher’s activities Resourc<br />

es<br />

1.1 Identify the mix ethnic groups of Nigeria<br />

1.2 Trace the history of these mix of ethnic groups mentioned in<br />

1.1 above using the following parameters.<br />

a) Origin<br />

b) Location<br />

c) Language and occupation<br />

d) Arts and crafts<br />

e) Marriage pattern<br />

f) Food and life pattern<br />

g) Sacrification<br />

h) Festivals.<br />

Term paper to be present by<br />

different students in class.<br />

Discuss the origin plot the<br />

different location into the map<br />

of Nigeria.<br />

Explain the languages and the<br />

occupations.<br />

Discuss the Arts and Cultures.<br />

Discuss the Marriage partner<br />

Discuss the foods life partner of<br />

each ethic group<br />

Explain the Sanctification<br />

Explain the festival<br />

Textbooks<br />

Journals<br />

Magazines<br />

Maps<br />

Textbook<br />

Journals<br />

Magazine<br />

Maps<br />

Specific Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Identify the unit of ethic<br />

groups of Nigeria<br />

Trace the history of these<br />

mix of ethic groups in 1.1<br />

above using the following<br />

parameters.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Identify the different distinct physical structures of the major tribes.<br />

2.1 With the aid of a map show the location of the major ethnic Brain storm and present the Textbooks Draw a map of Nigeria<br />

groups as in 1.1 above<br />

2.2 Describe the inverted traditional systems of administration of<br />

the three major ethnic groups in Nigeria.<br />

different dresses to the class by<br />

the different representative of<br />

the culture in the class.<br />

Journals<br />

Maps<br />

Showing the major ethic<br />

group<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Draw the map<br />

of Nigeria and<br />

fix each ethic<br />

group into the<br />

appropriate<br />

position<br />

Explain the<br />

ways of life e g<br />

each ethic<br />

group.<br />

Divide the class into<br />

various ethics group<br />

and let them<br />

demonstrate their<br />

Marriage pattern ,<br />

and positives<br />

Draw the map e<br />

g Nigeria<br />

Showing the<br />

Resources<br />

Textbook<br />

A chart<br />

containing<br />

map of<br />

Nigeria<br />

Map of<br />

88


2.3 Compare and contract the dressing mode of the three main<br />

ethnic groups in Nigeria<br />

Identify the 3 ethic groups<br />

Identify the differences of the<br />

mode.<br />

Textbook<br />

Journals<br />

Maps<br />

Trace the origin of the facial<br />

mark of the main ethic<br />

group<br />

major ethic<br />

group.<br />

Nigeria<br />

Textbook<br />

5<br />

2.6 Explain the scarification (tribal marks) of the three<br />

main ethnic groups in Nigeria<br />

2.7 Discuss the importance of the facial marks as in<br />

1.6 above.<br />

Discuss the scarification of the<br />

three main ethic groups of<br />

Nigeria.<br />

Explain the importance of the<br />

facial marks<br />

Textbook<br />

Journals<br />

Maps<br />

Different<br />

dresses from<br />

ethic group<br />

a textbook<br />

6<br />

General Objective 3.0 : Know the important cultural festivals in Nigeria.<br />

3.1 Define and explain the term festival<br />

3.2 Classify festival under the following headings:<br />

a) Religious and cultural<br />

Textbooks,<br />

Journals<br />

Magazines<br />

Narrate a particular<br />

festival one by one in<br />

the class<br />

Guide the class<br />

while the<br />

narrating is<br />

.<br />

b) Occupational and sports<br />

Maps<br />

going on<br />

3.3 Trace the origin of each of the following national festivals in<br />

7<br />

Nigeria e.g.:<br />

i) National festivals<br />

Draw out a calendar of<br />

Organise the<br />

a) Independence day celebration<br />

some ethic group<br />

Excursion to<br />

b) Children day celebration<br />

Osun.<br />

c) May day celebration<br />

ii) Religious Festivals<br />

Group visit to Osun<br />

a) Id-el Fitri and Id-el Kabir<br />

Osogbo<br />

b) Christmas<br />

c) Ogun Festival<br />

d) Alekwu<br />

8<br />

iii) Cultural Festival<br />

a) Eyo - among the Yorubas<br />

b) Oro – Also among the Yorubas<br />

c) Ovia Osese – Among the Ogoris<br />

d) Sharo or Shadi – Among the Fulanis etc<br />

General Objective 4.0 Identify the major cultural festivals in the six geopolitical zones.<br />

89


9<br />

4.1 Occupational Festivals<br />

a) New yam festival in the South especially among the Ibo<br />

Textbooks,<br />

Journals<br />

Group<br />

Textbook<br />

speaking people<br />

Magazines<br />

assignment and<br />

b) Argungun fishing festival etc<br />

maps<br />

discussion<br />

4.2 Sport Festival<br />

a) Dambe<br />

b) Kokuwa<br />

c) Argungu fishing festival<br />

Select a notable<br />

festival for the<br />

Textbook<br />

students to visit<br />

10<br />

4.3 Identify were the festivals in 2.3 are in Nigeria and when they;<br />

are held<br />

4.4 Discuss the importance of the various festivals in 2.3 above<br />

4.5 Explain the importance of the festival in 2.3<br />

4.6 Describe and state the importance of masquerades among the<br />

various ethnic groups in Nigeria.<br />

WEEK<br />

11<br />

General Objective 5.0: Know the impact of cultural ceremonies on tourism promotion in Nigeria.<br />

5.1 Describe the common social ceremonies in Nigeria e.g. Durbar Arrange for a group Textbooks Carry out a mini Igogo<br />

Arrange for a<br />

or display<br />

Tour where students can<br />

Magazines<br />

and Duber festivals<br />

group tour<br />

5.2 Discuss the royal ceremonies among the various ethnic groups<br />

witness any of this<br />

Journals<br />

where students<br />

in Nigeria e.g. Igogo festival in Owo Ondo State Eyo in Lagos.<br />

festivities.<br />

Prepare an annual plan<br />

can witness any<br />

Etc.<br />

of visit to the various<br />

of this<br />

Arrange for visit to the<br />

festivals in Nigeria<br />

festivities<br />

12<br />

5.3 Prepare an annual plan of visit to the various festivals in<br />

various festival in Nigeria.<br />

Nigeria<br />

Explain the importance of<br />

Identify the roles which<br />

5.4 Explain the importance of ceremonies to the development and<br />

ceremonies to the<br />

music, dance and drama<br />

promotion of tourism in Nigeria<br />

development and promotion<br />

play in the cultural<br />

of tourism in Nigeria<br />

festivals in Nigeria.<br />

13<br />

5.5 State the roles which music, dance and drama play in the<br />

Analyse the roles which<br />

cultural festivals in Nigeria<br />

music dance and drawing<br />

Trace the origin e g the<br />

play in the cultural festival<br />

Bilikitu Sungbo and<br />

in Nigeria<br />

Long juju of<br />

90


Arochukwu<br />

WEEK<br />

14<br />

General Objective 6.0: Know the Role and importance of land marks in tourism<br />

6.1 Identify the important land marks in Nigeria e.g.<br />

Hills, falls, springs lake etc.<br />

Teachers Activities<br />

Resources<br />

6.2 Discuss the source of the water falls in Nigeria e.g. Assop Identify importance land Text books<br />

falls in Jos, etc.<br />

marks in Nigeria e.g Hills Journal,<br />

Produce a list of<br />

Art heritage and<br />

cultural<br />

landmarks of<br />

Internet,<br />

Posters, and<br />

PC and<br />

printers<br />

falls, springs lake etc.<br />

Magazines<br />

Nigeria<br />

15<br />

6.3 Explain some common shrines in Nigeria e.g.<br />

Arrange for a visit to a<br />

Bilikisu sungbo, long juju of Arochukwu etc<br />

nearby land mark in your<br />

6.4 Trace the origin of the shrines in 4.3 above.<br />

Area and treat individual.<br />

Discuss some common<br />

shrines in Nigeria e.g.<br />

Bilkisu sungbo, lang juju of<br />

Arochukwu etc.<br />

Discuss the Origin of the<br />

shrines in 4.3 above.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Group Project consisting of an exhibition 100%<br />

91


Programme: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE<br />

A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: TOURS OPERATIONS<br />

Course Code:<br />

LTM 223<br />

Credit Hours: 5 HOURS<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

GOAL:<br />

This course is designed to enable the student acquire knowledge of Tour guiding and operations.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:<br />

On completion of this course, the student should be able to:<br />

1.0 Understand the definition, history and types of tours; tour guides and operators.<br />

2.0 Understand tour booking conditions and limitations of liability.<br />

3.0 Understand Reservations and Accounting Procedures<br />

4.0 Understand Tour conducting, city and site Guiding<br />

5.0 Understand how to work with Hotels, Resorts and Attractions<br />

6.0 Understand Air travel and Tours<br />

7.0 Understand Suppliers and Attractions.<br />

8.0 Know how to deal with unexpected events in tour guiding<br />

9.0 Understand how to create a tour.<br />

10.0 Understand multi-day tour.<br />

92


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT Course<br />

Code: LTM Credit Hours: 5<br />

223<br />

WEEK COURSE: TOUR OPERATION Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Week<br />

/s<br />

1<br />

Year: II Semester: II Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Teacher’s Resources Specific Learning Teacher’s activities<br />

activities<br />

Outcomes<br />

General Objective 1: Understand the definition, History and types of Tours, tour guides and operators.<br />

1.1 Define tours conducting and the Tour Industry.<br />

See instructional Test books<br />

1.2 Explain the history of tours and why take a tour<br />

1.3 Describe different types of tours and types of tour Guides e.g.<br />

custom-designed tours, independent tours, hostel tours,<br />

escorted tours. Docents, sight seeing guides, city guides; tour<br />

Escorts; tour guides etc.<br />

Resource manual<br />

(Marc machine)<br />

-Use question and<br />

answer<br />

techniques<br />

See<br />

Reference.<br />

-Give assignments<br />

- Delve into Appeal of tour<br />

conducting salary and<br />

benefits, challenges, the<br />

down side and Escort<br />

personalities.<br />

Resources<br />

2<br />

WEEK<br />

3<br />

1.4 Explain the pre-parked tour components-Transport,<br />

accommodation, tanneries, sight seeing, meals<br />

1.5 List the advantages of selling tours<br />

General Objective 2.0: Understand tour booking conditions and limitations of liability.<br />

2.1 Identify the key aspects of a tour brochure<br />

Lecture<br />

-Tour<br />

2.2 Describe tour brochure price quotation<br />

Brochure<br />

2.3 Explain tour booking conditions – included and excluded tour<br />

-Textbooks<br />

payment schedule, cancellation and refund policy<br />

2.4 State the limitations of liability<br />

Tutorial on assignment<br />

93


WEEK<br />

General Objective 3.0 : Understand Reservations and Accounting Procedures.<br />

3.1 Explain tour reservation procedures<br />

-Lecture<br />

Textbooks<br />

3.1 carryout a tour reservation<br />

Guide students through a tour<br />

4<br />

3.2 Explain tour accounting procedures<br />

-Visit tour operators<br />

procedure<br />

reservation procedures<br />

and<br />

Guide and monitor the<br />

Travel agents<br />

Visit tour operators and travel<br />

students and have them write<br />

agents<br />

a report<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand tour conducting city and site Guiding.<br />

5<br />

4.1 Define terms commonly used in the tour industry<br />

Lecture with life<br />

Textbooks<br />

4.1 Identify for whom tour guides and tour<br />

situation examples<br />

Pole play scenario<br />

escorts generally work<br />

Deal with different need and wants<br />

highlighting a difficult<br />

4.2 Explain the reason why people take tours<br />

- Brainstorming on<br />

situation (might be a<br />

4.3 Appraise the attraction of tour conducting as a career<br />

interpersonal<br />

dangerous situation a<br />

4.4 Identify the advantages of a tour-related career.<br />

Relationships.<br />

sickness problem or any<br />

other issue the tour guide<br />

4.5 List the advantages and disadvantages of city and site guiding<br />

might have to manage)<br />

4.6 Explain client and escort psychology, - managing group<br />

6<br />

behaviour cultural sensitivity, dealing with fellow workers,<br />

preventing escort burnout<br />

4.7 Highlight the importance of ‘code of conduct’ communication<br />

to the visitors.<br />

WEEK<br />

7<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand how to work with Hotels Resorts and Attractions.<br />

5.1 Describe the ideal tour hotel<br />

-Lecture<br />

Bran pared<br />

5.2 List examples of the ideal tour hotels and their locations -Use case study Escort’s Hotel<br />

Negotiate hotel accommodation<br />

Check in and check out guest into<br />

Guide students on<br />

negotiation of checking in<br />

Textbook<br />

5.3 Explain how to negotiate with hotels<br />

reminder<br />

hotel<br />

/out of guests into hotel<br />

5.4 Explain how to prepare the passengers for the arrival at the<br />

* Study Tour of a<br />

Checklist<br />

hotels<br />

five star hotel with a<br />

5.5 Describe the various procedures of checking in your clients on<br />

visit to the sales and<br />

arrival at the hotel<br />

marketing opt to<br />

8<br />

5.6 State the potential arrival problems<br />

familiarize students<br />

94


5.7 Explain the hotel stay-the escorts routines<br />

with packages<br />

5.8 Describe the hotel check-out routine – e.g. examine the<br />

available for tourists.<br />

financial record of clients, luggage pick-up, on the motor<br />

coach.<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 6.0: Understand Air Travel and Tours.<br />

6.1 State the airline industry terminologies<br />

Prepare Air tour<br />

Floor plan of an<br />

Pay a visit to Airport or the<br />

Guide students on visit to<br />

Airport or<br />

9<br />

such: Terminal Boarding pass security Gate etc.<br />

checklist<br />

international<br />

port to observe boarding,<br />

Airport or seaport<br />

Seaport<br />

6.2 Discuss what an escort must do before a<br />

-Case study<br />

airport in Nigeria<br />

arrival, Departure etc<br />

group arrives at an airline terminal<br />

(Arrival and<br />

6.1 Explain a tour member pre-boarding activities<br />

Departure Areas)<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective :<br />

6.2 List an escort’s in-flight responsibilities<br />

*Seating chart of<br />

-Excursion to an airport or sea<br />

Organise visit and guide<br />

minibus<br />

10<br />

6.3 Describe the procedures that face a group and an escort upon<br />

an aircraft<br />

port where seating chart are<br />

students<br />

arrival at a destination<br />

*Sample flight<br />

familiarization with.<br />

coupon<br />

*Visual summary<br />

of how airlines<br />

check in groups<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 7.0: Understand Suppliers and Attractions.<br />

7.1 Discuss how an escort can enhance a group’s cruise<br />

-Lecture<br />

-Textbooks<br />

-Visit to the Nigeria Railway<br />

Organise visit and guide<br />

minibus<br />

11<br />

experiences – include the special terminology of ship personnel<br />

-Use the question and<br />

-sample ship<br />

Corporation<br />

students<br />

7.2 Explain the distinct nature of group rail travel<br />

answer method<br />

expect ion report<br />

7.3 Identify the kinds of dining series that work best for tour<br />

-Restaurant<br />

groups<br />

Visit to Sea Port to<br />

evaluation form<br />

7.4 Enumerate the considerations an escort must have in mind<br />

see a cruise lines<br />

when a group visits and attraction.<br />

WEEK General Objectives: 8.0 Know how to deal with the unexpected events in tour guiding.<br />

95


12 8.1 List the general strategies for dealing<br />

Lecture with case<br />

-Sample of<br />

Organise a tour<br />

Textbook<br />

with unexpected challenges<br />

study<br />

damaged property<br />

8.2 Identify two types of client mishaps that can often be avoided<br />

report<br />

Handout<br />

8.3 Explain the exact steps to take when a client loses money or<br />

-Sample of client<br />

Guide students to cost out<br />

valuables<br />

accident<br />

and price typical tour<br />

8.4 Outline procedures for dealing with lost or damaged luggage<br />

report<br />

flight delays or can collations, illness and accidents, client<br />

-Sample of client<br />

deaths, and hotel fires<br />

change of<br />

tour plan form<br />

WEEK General Objectives: 9.0 Understand how to create a tour.<br />

13 9.1 Justify the escort’s need to know how tours are planned<br />

-Textbooks<br />

Plan a tour<br />

Flip chart and<br />

9.2 Identify the prime sources for researching a destination<br />

Assignments<br />

-Draft sample of client<br />

Cost out and price a<br />

pens PC and<br />

9.3 Describe the principles behind a successful tour itinerary<br />

survey<br />

typical tour<br />

printer<br />

9.4 Cost out and price a typical tour<br />

form<br />

9.5 Explain the many ways through which tours may be promoted<br />

-Draft format for<br />

analyzing<br />

a destination<br />

-Draft format of tour<br />

costing<br />

sheet<br />

-Draft format of tour<br />

reservation form<br />

WEEK General Objectives: 10.0 Understand multi-day tours.<br />

14<br />

10.1 List the materials that are required to manage a multi-day<br />

Lecture<br />

Draft sample of general<br />

Assess what is<br />

Group Work toward<br />

PC, internet,<br />

tour.<br />

tour report<br />

required in the<br />

assessment<br />

printer<br />

realisation of a multi-<br />

15<br />

10.2 Explain the typical routines of a multi-day group trip<br />

day tour.<br />

10.3 Read and Analyse a tour itinerary<br />

10.4 Discuss ways to keep a group entertained while a tour is in<br />

progress<br />

96


Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Project based on the creation of a tour of heritage and culture in Nigeria 100% supported by costing, timing, transport used and written itinerary.<br />

97


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 5 HOURS<br />

Programme: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEISURE<br />

A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

LTM 224<br />

Subject/Course: AIR FARES A<strong>ND</strong><br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

TICKETING II<br />

Year: Semester: Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

GOAL: This course is designed to enable the student acquire Advanced knowledge on Air tariffs and fares.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES: On completion of this course, the diplomate should be able to:<br />

1.0 Understand IATA terms; International journeys and direction of Fares.<br />

2.0 Understand how to match cities with IATA areas, Global indicators and Direction codes<br />

3.0 Know National or local currency fares, currency conversion, rounding procedures and fare construction.<br />

4.0 Understand Routing tables and MPS routing fares.<br />

5.0 Know OW (STI) Mileage System; Higher Intermediate Point and Backhaul check.<br />

6.0 Understand Fare breakpoint, round and circle trip fares, circle trip minimum check<br />

7.0 Prepare fare construction using Industry and carrier add – ons.<br />

98


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT Course<br />

Code: LTM<br />

Contact Hours 2-1-0<br />

Credit Hours: 5<br />

224<br />

WEEK Course: AIRFARES A<strong>ND</strong> TICKETING II Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Week<br />

/s<br />

2<br />

1<br />

WEEK<br />

3<br />

Year: II Semester: II Pre-requisite: Practical: 3 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0: Understand IATA Terms, International Journeys and Direction of Fares.<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Basic and Major tourism Terminologies<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

1.1 Explain the common terms used in the PAT general rules book<br />

1.2 Describe the anatomy of a journey.<br />

1.3 Identify one way trip<br />

1.4 Explain round trip<br />

1.5 Explain circle trip<br />

1.6 Describe open jaw for special fares<br />

1.7 Explain counting transfers and stopovers.<br />

Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Lecture with; illustrations and Passenger air<br />

typical examples for early<br />

comprehension<br />

tariff books,<br />

General Objectives: 2.0 Understand how to Match cities with IATA areas, Global indicators and Direction codes.<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

Illustration recovery with good Passenger Air Draw and label IATA<br />

2.1 Explain the IATA areas in the world<br />

2.2 Identify the IATA Global indicators<br />

2.3 Identify fare types.<br />

examples and practicing<br />

Maps,<br />

Charts<br />

Tariff (PAT)<br />

traffic areas in the<br />

world<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Supervise the<br />

work<br />

Resources<br />

IATA<br />

Ticketing<br />

Handbook<br />

4<br />

2.4 Explain the OW versus half RT fares<br />

2.5 Describe the global indicator<br />

2.6 Explain carrier selection<br />

2.7 Describe the conditions of the rule<br />

99


WEEK<br />

General Objectives: 4.0 Know National on local currency fares, currency conversion, rounding procedures, fare construction.<br />

Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources<br />

5<br />

CURRENCY RULES<br />

4.1 Identify local currency; fares<br />

4.2 Explain the NUC conversion procedure.<br />

Use Internet to find the<br />

conversion procedures<br />

Supervise the<br />

work<br />

Textbook<br />

6<br />

4.3 Explain the rounding of NUCs<br />

4.4 Explain the rounding of local currency fares<br />

WEEK General Objectives: 5.0 Understand Routing tables and MPS, routing fares<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

Illustrate with precision<br />

Passenger<br />

Use the internet to find<br />

Draw a diagram<br />

Internet JATA<br />

7<br />

5.1 Explain the application of routings<br />

routes to include Nigeria’s<br />

Air Tariff<br />

out routings<br />

on the board<br />

Ticketing<br />

5.2 Describe the specified routing table<br />

and other world cities<br />

(PAT)<br />

Illustrate with a<br />

Supervise the<br />

handbook<br />

5.3 Explain the route reference number e.g. linear route with headline and<br />

digram the specified<br />

work and give<br />

IATA ticketing<br />

sideline cities, linear map route.<br />

routing 5.3 draw and<br />

assignment<br />

Handbook<br />

label the linear map<br />

8<br />

5.4 Re-explain the fare construction formula<br />

route.<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objectives: 6.0 Know OW(SITI) Mileage system, Higher Intermediate point and Backhaul check.<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

Emphasize practicable routes<br />

Passenger Air<br />

Understand the<br />

In class exercise<br />

PC and Printer<br />

SITIOW THROUGH FARE CONSTRUCTION<br />

with examples from Nigeria<br />

Tariff<br />

process of fare<br />

9<br />

6.1 Explain the maximum permitted mileage<br />

and other world cities<br />

Air passenger<br />

construction<br />

6.2 Describe the ticketed point mileage.<br />

Mileage etc<br />

10<br />

6.3 Explain the extra mileage allowance<br />

6.4 Explain the excess mileage surcharge.<br />

11<br />

6.5 Describe the higher intermediate point<br />

6.6 Describe the backhaul check<br />

100


WEEK<br />

General Objectives: 7.0 Understand Fare breakpoint, round and circle trip fares, circle trip minimum check.<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

Use routings with Nigerian<br />

Passenger air<br />

Use the Internet and<br />

Work with<br />

Air tariff guide<br />

12<br />

7.1 SITI, RT and CT fare construction<br />

international and local cities<br />

tariff (PAT)<br />

air tariff book to<br />

students and<br />

Internet<br />

7.2 Explain selecting a fare breakpoint.<br />

and other world cities<br />

Add-ons<br />

construct cost for<br />

give problem<br />

7.3 Describe the general guidelines.<br />

Permitted<br />

different travel<br />

solving<br />

mileage<br />

arrangements<br />

13<br />

7.4 Explain the SITI, RT/CT formula<br />

Book/mammal<br />

(including ticket and<br />

7.5 Apply the CTM check and the secondary fares<br />

other charges)<br />

WEEK General Objectives: 8.0 Prepare Fare construction using industry and Carrier add-ons.<br />

Specific Learning Outcome<br />

Treat cases involving Nigeria<br />

14 8.1 Define Add-ons<br />

local cities in case studies while<br />

8.2 Apply Add-ons<br />

practicing<br />

8.3 Explain how to use industry Add-ons.<br />

Add-on manual<br />

15<br />

8.4 Explain how to use carrier<br />

8.5 Add-ons<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Coursework/ Assignments %; Course test %; Practical %; Projects %; Examination %<br />

101


Programme: (National Diploma) Course Code: LTM 225 Total Hours: 6<br />

Course: Project Theoretical: 0 hours /week<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 4 Pre-requisite: Practical: 6 hours /week<br />

Goal: This course is designed to enable the student to undertake an individual project and write a report on it.<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the diplomate should be able to:<br />

1. Research a chosen topic at <strong>ND</strong> level from available sources.<br />

2. Collect data on the chosen topic.<br />

3. Produce a report on the chosen topic.<br />

102


Theoretical Content<br />

General Objective 1: Research a chosen topic at <strong>ND</strong> level from available sources.<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Practical Content<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Resources<br />

1 1.1 Choose, under guidance, an appropriate topic of interest. Provide guidance in finding<br />

Textbooks<br />

Selection of a topic of<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

suitable topics.<br />

interest.<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

finding suitable<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

topics.<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

2 1.2 Research a chosen topic from available sources. Provide guidance in finding<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate research<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

suitable sources.<br />

ability<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

finding suitable<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

sources.<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

3 1.2 (continued) Research a chosen topic from available sources. Provide guidance in finding<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate research<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

suitable sources.<br />

ability<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

finding suitable<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

sources.<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

4 1.2 (continued) Research a chosen topic from available sources. Provide guidance in finding<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate research<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

suitable sources.<br />

ability<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

finding suitable<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

sources.<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

103


General Objective 2: Collect data on the chosen topic.<br />

5 2.1 Collect data on the chosen topic from available sources. Provide guidance in collecting<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability to<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

data<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

collect data<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

collecting data.<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

6 2.1 (continued) Collect data on the chosen topic from available<br />

Provide guidance in collecting<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability to<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

sources.<br />

data<br />

collect data<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

collecting data.<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

7 2.1 (continued) Collect data on the chosen topic from available<br />

Provide guidance in collecting<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability to<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

sources.<br />

data<br />

collect data<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

collecting data.<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

8 2.1 (continued) Collect data on the chosen topic from available<br />

Provide guidance in collecting<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability to<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

sources.<br />

data<br />

collect data<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

collecting data.<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

9 2.1 (continued) Collect data on the chosen topic from available<br />

Provide guidance in collecting<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability to<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

sources .<br />

data<br />

collect data<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

collecting data.<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

General Objective 3: Produce a report on the chosen topic.<br />

104


10 3.1 Produce a report on the chosen topic. Provide guidance in report<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability in<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

writing<br />

report writing<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

report writing<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

11 3.1 (continued) Produce a report on the chosen topic. Provide guidance in report<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability in<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

writing<br />

report writing<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

report writing<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

12 3.1 (continued) Produce a report on the chosen topic. Provide guidance in report<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability in<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

writing<br />

report writing<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

report writing<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

13 3.1 (continued) Produce a report on the chosen topic. Provide guidance in report<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability in<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

writing<br />

report writing<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

report writing<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

14 3.1 (continued) Produce a report on the chosen topic. Provide guidance in report<br />

Textbooks<br />

Demonstrate ability in<br />

Provide<br />

Textbooks<br />

writing<br />

report writing<br />

guidance in<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

report writing<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

15 3.1 (continued) Produce a report on the chosen topic. Provide guidance in report Textbooks Demonstrate ability in Provide Textbooks<br />

105


writing<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

report writing<br />

guidance in<br />

report writing<br />

Lecture Notes<br />

Internet<br />

Internet<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Coursework/ Assignments %; Course test %; Practical %; Projects %; Examination %<br />

Type of Assessment Purpose and Nature of Assessment Weighting (%)<br />

Examination Final Examination (written) to assess knowledge and understanding 0<br />

Test 0 progress tests 0<br />

Practical Report of up to 6,000 words 100<br />

Total 100<br />

106


Programme: (National Diploma) Course Code: LTM 226 Total Hours: 2<br />

Course: Small Business Management I Theoretical: 1 hour /week<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 4 Pre-requisite: Practical: 1 hour /week<br />

Goal: This course is designed to provide the student with the basic knowledge on the various tools used in the management of small-scale businesses.<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the diplomate will be able to:<br />

1. Understand the nature of small-scale enterprises.<br />

2. Understand the legal framework for small-scale enterprises.<br />

3. Understand the role of governments in small-scale enterprises in Nigeria<br />

4. Understand a business plan for a small-scale business enterprise.<br />

5. Understand marketing management in a small business enterprise<br />

6. Understand the general concept of production management<br />

7. Know human capital needs for an enterprise<br />

107


Theoretical Content<br />

General Objective 1: Understand the nature of small-scale enterprises.<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Practical Content<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Resources<br />

1 1.1 Define the range and scope of a small business.<br />

Explain range, scope and<br />

Text Books<br />

Select a small business<br />

Guide students<br />

Internet and<br />

importance of a small scale<br />

enterprise and indicate<br />

in identifying<br />

relevant<br />

1.2 Explain the importance of a small business.<br />

business.<br />

Journals<br />

its signs of success and<br />

range, scope<br />

websites<br />

Publications<br />

failures.<br />

and importance<br />

1.3 Describe the problems associated with small business operations.<br />

Explain problems associated<br />

of a small scale<br />

Guest speaker<br />

with small business operations.<br />

Use case studies based<br />

business.<br />

on small<br />

on a local<br />

businesses<br />

organisation.<br />

2 1.4 Describe types of businesses that could be run on a small scale.<br />

Explain types of businesses that<br />

Text Books<br />

Select a small business<br />

Guide students<br />

Internet and<br />

could be<br />

enterprise and indicate<br />

in identifying<br />

relevant<br />

1.5 Describe the merits and demerits of being self-employed<br />

run on small scale, their<br />

Journals<br />

its signs of success and<br />

types of<br />

websites<br />

.<br />

associated problems and signs<br />

Publications<br />

failures.<br />

businesses that<br />

1.6 Identify the starting problems and signs of failure of a small<br />

of failure during operations.<br />

could be run on<br />

Guest speaker<br />

business<br />

Use case studies based<br />

small scale,<br />

on small<br />

Explain wage employment and<br />

on a local<br />

their associated<br />

businesses<br />

self employment.<br />

organisation.<br />

problems and<br />

signs of failure<br />

Explain the merits and demerits<br />

during<br />

of self employment.<br />

operations.<br />

General Objective 2 : Understand the legal framework for small-scale enterprises.<br />

108


3 2.1 Explain the types of business organization.<br />

Explain the types of business<br />

Text Books<br />

Internet and<br />

2.2 Identify the legal form of business.<br />

organization<br />

Explain legal formation and<br />

regulatory status of small<br />

business.<br />

Journals<br />

Publications<br />

Use CAMB to explain<br />

the regulatory frame<br />

work of small<br />

Guide students<br />

to identify the<br />

legal formation<br />

and regulatory<br />

status of small<br />

relevant<br />

websites<br />

Explain environmental factors<br />

of business.<br />

business.<br />

business.<br />

Group work to set up a<br />

small business –<br />

realistic scenarios<br />

Use of relevant<br />

documentation taken<br />

from the internet.<br />

4 2.3 Describe the environmental factors of business – law of sales, Explain legal formation and Text Books<br />

Use CAMB to explain<br />

Internet and<br />

109


licenses, failure signs, etc.<br />

regulatory status of small<br />

the regulatory frame<br />

Guide students<br />

relevant<br />

business.<br />

Journals<br />

websites<br />

2.4 Explain regulatory status and formation of small business.<br />

Publications<br />

work of small<br />

to identify the<br />

Explain environmental factors<br />

of business.<br />

business.<br />

environmental<br />

factors of<br />

Group work to set up a<br />

business.<br />

small business –<br />

realistic scenarios<br />

Use of relevant<br />

documentation taken<br />

from the internet.<br />

General Objective 3: Understand the role of governments in small-scale enterprises in Nigeria<br />

Guide students to<br />

5 3.1 Explain government policies for small enterprises development.<br />

Explain government policies<br />

Text Books<br />

Identify government<br />

evaluate the<br />

Internet and<br />

for small enterprises<br />

policies and their<br />

contributions of<br />

relevant<br />

3.2 Explain the effects of government policies on direct and indirect<br />

development and effects of<br />

Journals<br />

effects on small scale<br />

the promoting<br />

websites<br />

assistance to small businesses<br />

the policies on direct and<br />

Publications<br />

business.<br />

bodies (IDC,<br />

110


indirect assistance to these<br />

NASA,<br />

enterprises.<br />

NERFU<strong>ND</strong>,<br />

<strong>ND</strong>E, NAPEP<br />

etc to growth of<br />

small business in<br />

Nigeria.<br />

Guide students to<br />

6 3.3 State the role of the following institutions in promoting small<br />

Explain the following<br />

Text Books<br />

Identify and explain<br />

evaluate the<br />

Internet and<br />

enterprises<br />

institutions and their roles in<br />

beneficiaries of the<br />

contributions of<br />

relevant<br />

(a) Industrial Development Centre (IDC)<br />

promoting small scale<br />

Journals<br />

bodies. Promotion<br />

the promoting<br />

websites<br />

(b) State Ministries of Commerce and Industries.<br />

enterprises.<br />

Publications<br />

SME in Nigeria.<br />

bodies (IDC,<br />

(c) State Export Promotion Committees.<br />

- IDC, State Ministries of<br />

NASA,<br />

(d) Centre for Management Development (CMD)<br />

Commerce,<br />

NERFU<strong>ND</strong>,<br />

(e) National Directorate of Employment (<strong>ND</strong>E)<br />

State Export Promotion<br />

<strong>ND</strong>E, NAPEP<br />

(f) NAPPEP<br />

Committees,<br />

etc to growth of<br />

(g) CIRD<br />

CMD, <strong>ND</strong>E, NAPPEP, CIRD<br />

small business in<br />

(h) NERFU<strong>ND</strong><br />

NERFU<strong>ND</strong><br />

Nigeria.<br />

(i) NACRDB, NEPC<br />

NACRDB, NEPC<br />

(j) NASSI, NASME, etc<br />

NASSI, NASME, etc<br />

General Objective 4 : Understand a business plan for a small-scale business enterprise.<br />

Guide students<br />

7 4.1 Explain business plan.<br />

Explain business Plan, its<br />

Text Books<br />

Identify business<br />

to:-<br />

Internet and<br />

purpose and components from<br />

plan.<br />

relevant<br />

4.2 Explain the purpose of business plan<br />

project development to project<br />

Journals<br />

Work in pairs to<br />

websites<br />

cost.<br />

Publications<br />

Identify how to plan<br />

develop a<br />

4.3 Identify the components of a business plan from project<br />

in small business.<br />

relevant business<br />

development up to project cost.<br />

plan.<br />

Formulate a business<br />

plan for a particular<br />

Refer to business<br />

111


project.<br />

planning<br />

information on<br />

the internet<br />

Present the plans<br />

and justify the<br />

goals<br />

Guide students<br />

8 4.4 State the necessary steps in carrying out financial analysis and<br />

Explain steps in carrying out<br />

Text Books<br />

Identify business<br />

to:-<br />

Internet and<br />

planning for a small business<br />

financial analysis and planning<br />

plan.<br />

relevant<br />

for a small business.<br />

Journals<br />

Work in pairs to<br />

websites<br />

4.5 Compare personal goal and business goals.<br />

Publications<br />

Identify how to plan<br />

develop a<br />

Explain personal goals and<br />

in small business.<br />

relevant business<br />

4.6 Identify influences of family goals in business goals<br />

business goals.<br />

plan.<br />

Formulate a business<br />

Explain influences of family<br />

plan for a particular<br />

Refer to business<br />

goals in business goals.<br />

project.<br />

planning<br />

information on<br />

Invite a successful entrepreneur<br />

the internet<br />

to give a talk.<br />

Present the plans<br />

and justify the<br />

goals<br />

General Objective 5: Understand marketing management in a small business enterprise<br />

Explain basic concepts of<br />

Identify the process of<br />

Guide students<br />

9 5.1 Understand the basic concept of marketing.<br />

marketing.<br />

Text Books<br />

conducting a<br />

to use the<br />

Internet and<br />

marketing survey.<br />

internet to<br />

relevant<br />

5.2 Identify the steps in conducting market surveys to determine<br />

Explain steps in conducting<br />

Journals<br />

identify the<br />

websites<br />

demand and supply for particular products.<br />

marketing<br />

Publications<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

marketing needs<br />

survey to determine demand<br />

training strategies for<br />

of small<br />

5.3 Identify markets for specific products.<br />

and supply for particular<br />

products produced on<br />

business<br />

112


products.<br />

a small scale.<br />

enterprises.<br />

Explain how to identify<br />

markets for specific products.<br />

Explain channels of distribution<br />

Identify the process of<br />

Guide students<br />

10 5.4 Identify channels of distribution for a selected product or service.<br />

for a selected product or<br />

Text Books<br />

conducting a<br />

to use the<br />

Internet and<br />

service.<br />

marketing survey.<br />

internet to<br />

relevant<br />

5.5 Explain the promotional and sales activities for a selected product<br />

Journals<br />

identify the<br />

websites<br />

or service<br />

Explain promotional and sales<br />

Publications<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

marketing needs<br />

activities for a selected product<br />

training strategies for<br />

of small<br />

5.6 Explain appropriate pricing strategies<br />

or service<br />

products produced on<br />

business<br />

a small scale.<br />

enterprises.<br />

Explain appropriate pricing<br />

strategies<br />

General Objective 6: Understand the general concept of production management<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

11 6.1 Explain the basic concepts of production<br />

Explain the basic concepts of<br />

Text Books<br />

technology for<br />

Guide students to<br />

Internet and<br />

production<br />

different types of SME.<br />

prepare a<br />

relevant<br />

6.2 Explain choice of appropriate technology<br />

Journals<br />

case study on the<br />

websites<br />

Explain choice of appropriate<br />

Publications<br />

Identify sources of<br />

location of an<br />

6.3 Identify types and sources of machinery and equipment.<br />

technology<br />

machinery and material<br />

industry and<br />

Sample<br />

from the internet.<br />

factory layout<br />

6.4 Explain the installed capacity.<br />

Explain types and sources of<br />

business<br />

machinery and equipment, their<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

Oversee group<br />

6.5 Explain the utilized capacity.<br />

installed and utilized capacity.<br />

locations and their<br />

work and guide<br />

problems for SMES<br />

reference to<br />

relevant web<br />

sites<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

12 6.6 Identify sources of raw materials. Explain sources of raw<br />

Text Books<br />

technology for<br />

Guide students to<br />

Internet and<br />

materials.<br />

different types of SME.<br />

prepare a<br />

relevant<br />

113


6.7 Describe factory location and factors in the selection of site.<br />

Journals<br />

case study on the<br />

websites<br />

Explain factory location, its<br />

Publications<br />

Identify sources of<br />

location of an<br />

6.8 Describe factory layout.<br />

layout and safety measures.<br />

machinery and material<br />

industry and<br />

Sample<br />

from the internet.<br />

factory layout<br />

6.9 Explain plant and machinery maintenance.<br />

Explain Plant and machinery<br />

business<br />

maintenance.<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

Oversee group<br />

6.10Explain Plan and scheduling.<br />

locations and their<br />

work and guide<br />

Explain plan and scheduling.<br />

problems for SMES<br />

reference to<br />

relevant web<br />

sites<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

13 6.11Explain quality control issues.<br />

Explain quality control.<br />

Text Books<br />

technology for<br />

Guide students to<br />

Internet and<br />

different types of SME.<br />

prepare a<br />

relevant<br />

6.12Explain factory safety measures.<br />

Explain problems of production<br />

Journals<br />

case study on the<br />

websites<br />

in the<br />

Publications<br />

Identify sources of<br />

location of an<br />

6.13Identify problems of production in the Nigerian situation.<br />

Nigerian situation and how to<br />

machinery and material<br />

industry and<br />

cope with them.<br />

Sample<br />

from the internet.<br />

factory layout<br />

6.14Explain how to cope with production problems in Nigeria.<br />

business<br />

Organise a field trip to a<br />

Identify appropriate<br />

Oversee group<br />

successful small business<br />

locations and their<br />

work and guide<br />

establishment.<br />

problems for SMES<br />

reference to<br />

relevant web<br />

sites<br />

General Objective 7: Know human capital needs for an enterprise<br />

Explain human capital<br />

Text Books<br />

Identify the recruitment<br />

Guide students<br />

Internet and<br />

14 7.1 Identify human capital needs for an enterprise.<br />

management<br />

compensation and<br />

to prepare<br />

relevant<br />

and its needs for small business<br />

Journals<br />

training procedures of<br />

organizational<br />

websites<br />

7.2 Explain recruitment procedures.<br />

enterprises.<br />

Publications<br />

workers in SMES.<br />

charts for SME<br />

and how to<br />

7.3 Explain need for training of workers.<br />

Explain recruitment procedures<br />

Cardboard<br />

Identify problems of<br />

forecast their<br />

human capital<br />

employment<br />

114


7.4 Explain how to motivate workers. management and how to<br />

15 7.5 Explain how to compensate workers.<br />

7.6 Explain organization of work force, organizational chart.<br />

7.7 Explain problems of human capital management in small business<br />

enterprises.<br />

7.8 Explain how to cope with the problems of human capital<br />

management.<br />

Explain need for training of<br />

workers.<br />

Explain how to motivate. and<br />

compensate workers<br />

Explain organization of work<br />

force.<br />

Guide students to prepare<br />

organizational,<br />

chart for a small business<br />

enterprise.<br />

Text Books<br />

Journals<br />

Publications<br />

Cardboard<br />

solve them in SMEs<br />

Identify the recruitment<br />

compensation and<br />

training procedures of<br />

workers in SMES.<br />

Identify problems of<br />

human capital<br />

management and how to<br />

solve them in SMEs<br />

needs.<br />

Guide students<br />

to prepare<br />

organizational<br />

charts for SME<br />

and how to<br />

forecast their<br />

employment<br />

needs.<br />

Internet and<br />

relevant<br />

websites<br />

Explain problems of human<br />

capital management in small<br />

business enterprises and how to<br />

cope with them.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Coursework/ Assignments %; Course test %; Practical %; Project %; Examination %<br />

Type of Assessment Purpose and Nature of Assessment Weighting (%)<br />

Examination Final Examination (written) to assess knowledge and understanding 0<br />

Test At least 1 progress test for feed back. 25<br />

Practical / Project Project with group (25%) and individual (50%) components to be assessed by the teacher 75<br />

Total 100<br />

115


Department/ Programme: NATIONAL<br />

DIPLOMA<br />

Course Code: HMT 111 Credit Hours: 4<br />

Subject/Course: INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

General Objectives:<br />

1.1 Know the history of the development of the Hospitality Industry.<br />

1.2 Know the scope of the Hospitality Industry.<br />

1.3 Know the chain groups in the hospitality industry.<br />

1.4 Know the different classification of the hotel industry.<br />

1.5 Know the future trend in the Hospitality Industry.<br />

Course: INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Course Code: HMT 111 Credit Hours:<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

116


Wee<br />

k/s<br />

Week<br />

1<br />

5<br />

WEEK<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific Teacher’s<br />

Learning activities<br />

Outcomes<br />

General Objective 1.0: Know the history of the development of the Hospitality Industry.<br />

1.1 Discuss the factors that influence the development of<br />

hospitality industry from the early times.<br />

1.2 Outline the effect of travels on the development of the<br />

hospitality industry.<br />

1.1 Explain the factors that<br />

influence the development of<br />

hospitality organisations<br />

1.2 Explain the effects of travels<br />

on the development of hospitality<br />

industry.<br />

General Objectives: 2.0 Know the scope of the hospitality industry.<br />

2.1 Outline the position of the industry in the Nigerian Explain the place of the industry in<br />

economy<br />

2.2 Discuss the industry in the tertiary sector…<br />

2.3 Identity the organisations that make up the industry.<br />

2.4 Outline the industrial structure of the industry.<br />

2.5 Outline the importance of the industry in the<br />

economy<br />

the Nigerian economy.<br />

Explain the industry in the tertiary<br />

sector<br />

Explain the organisations<br />

that make up the industry<br />

Explain the industrial structure of<br />

the industry.<br />

Explain the importance of the<br />

Classroom<br />

Books<br />

Board<br />

Marker/ Chalk<br />

Classroom<br />

Books<br />

Board<br />

Market/ Chalk<br />

1.1 Describe the<br />

factors that<br />

influence the<br />

development of<br />

the hospitality<br />

industry from the<br />

early times<br />

1.2 Describe the<br />

effects of travels<br />

on the<br />

development of<br />

the hospitality<br />

industry.<br />

Describe the<br />

position of<br />

industry in the<br />

Nigerian<br />

economy.<br />

Describe the<br />

industry in the<br />

tertiary sector.<br />

Describe the<br />

Guide students to<br />

discuss the factors<br />

that influenced the<br />

development of hotel<br />

industry.<br />

Lead discussion on<br />

the effect of travels<br />

on the development<br />

of the hospitality<br />

industry.<br />

2.1 Group students<br />

to discuss the place<br />

of the industry in the<br />

Nigerian economy.<br />

2.2 Organise visit to<br />

the tertiary sector of<br />

the industry.<br />

2.3 Guide students<br />

to draw the<br />

organisational<br />

Resources<br />

Charts<br />

Journals<br />

Brochures<br />

Charts<br />

Journal<br />

Brochures,<br />

etc.<br />

117


9<br />

industry in the economy.<br />

organisations that<br />

structure of the<br />

make up the<br />

industry.<br />

2,6 Discuss the industry and inflation.<br />

Explain the industry and inflation.<br />

industry.<br />

2.4 Explain the<br />

industrial structure<br />

Explain the Government economic<br />

of the industry.<br />

policies as it affects the industry.<br />

2.5 Explain the<br />

2.7Discuss the Government economic policies as they affect<br />

importance of the<br />

the industry.<br />

industry in the<br />

10<br />

economy<br />

2.6 Explain the<br />

industry and<br />

inflation<br />

2.7 Explain the<br />

Government<br />

economic policies as<br />

it affects the<br />

industry.<br />

Week<br />

11<br />

12<br />

General Objective 3.0 Know the different classification of the hotel industry.<br />

3.1 Group the hotel industry by means of facilities Explain how to inspect the hotel<br />

provided.<br />

industry.<br />

3.2 Discuss the classification of hotels by means of star Explain how to group the industry<br />

rating.<br />

means of facilities provided.<br />

Classroom<br />

Book<br />

Board<br />

Market/ chalk<br />

Notebook<br />

Duster<br />

Describe the<br />

inspection of the<br />

hotel.<br />

Explain how to<br />

group the industry<br />

Group students to<br />

visit a hotel for<br />

inspection:<br />

[i] space and<br />

environment<br />

Hotels<br />

Materials to<br />

record<br />

inspection<br />

result.<br />

Hotel.<br />

by means of the<br />

[ii] Facilities<br />

Explain how to classify according<br />

facilities provided.<br />

provided<br />

13<br />

3.3 Discuss the inspection of the hotel<br />

to:<br />

[iii] organisation of<br />

3.4 Classify the hotel according to:<br />

[i] space and environment<br />

Describe how to<br />

staff<br />

[i] space and environment<br />

[ii] Facilities provided<br />

classify the hotel<br />

[iv] Location.<br />

[ii] Facilities provided<br />

[iii] organisation of staff<br />

according to:<br />

[iii] organisation of staff<br />

[iv] location.<br />

[i] space and<br />

Guide students to<br />

118


13<br />

14<br />

Week<br />

[iv] location. environment<br />

[ii] Facilities<br />

provided<br />

[iii] organisation<br />

of staff<br />

[iv] Location.<br />

Describe the<br />

classification of<br />

hotels by means of<br />

start rating.<br />

submit written report<br />

on hotel<br />

classification<br />

General Objective 4.0 Know the chain groups in the hospitality industry.<br />

4.1 Enumerate the chain groups in the industry.<br />

Explain the chain groups in the<br />

Describe the chain Lead, discussion<br />

4.2 State the advantages and disadvantage of large chain. industry.<br />

groups in the on the chain<br />

industry.<br />

groups in the<br />

Enumerate the advantages and<br />

industry.<br />

4.3 Discuss integration with airline, railway and road disadvantages of large chain.<br />

Identify the<br />

transport.<br />

advantages and Guide students to<br />

4.4 Discuss the economics of scale and give examples in Highlight the integration with<br />

disadvantages of identify the<br />

the industry.<br />

airline, railway and road transport.<br />

large chain. advantages and<br />

disadvantage of<br />

Explain the economics scale and<br />

Describe the large chain.<br />

given examples.<br />

integration with<br />

airlines, railways Students to be<br />

and road transport. guided on the<br />

integration of<br />

Describe the airline, railways<br />

economic of scales and road<br />

and give<br />

transport.<br />

examples.<br />

Discuss the<br />

economic scale<br />

119


and give<br />

examples.<br />

WEEK General Objectives: 5.0 Know the future trend of the hospitality industry.<br />

15 5.1 Forecast the future trends in the hospitality industry. Discuss the future trend in the<br />

Describe the future<br />

Group student<br />

Charts<br />

hospitality industry.<br />

trend in the hospitality<br />

to discuss the<br />

Journals<br />

industry.<br />

future trends in<br />

Brochures, etc.<br />

the hospitality<br />

industry.<br />

Group to<br />

present and<br />

submit written<br />

report.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Group presentation 50 % supported by written report 50%<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Baker K. and Huyton, J (2001) Hospitality Management: an Introduction<br />

Journals: Hospitality Matters<br />

Websites: www.caterer-online.com; www.cha-online.co.uk<br />

120


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 4<br />

Department/ Programme: : HOSPITALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT (NATIONAL DIPLOMA)<br />

HMT 112<br />

Subject/Course: FRENCH LANGUAGE I Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: N/A Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

Course Aim/Goal: This course is designed to enable the student to acquire basic language skills to communicate with French-speaking clients.<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the student should be able to:<br />

1.0 Situate oneself in the social and spatial contexts.<br />

2.0 Understand and use basic French vocabulary<br />

3.0 Make simple sentences using the present tense.<br />

4.0 Understand and use simple French expressions.<br />

Deleted: 6.0 ?????.<br />

121


Theoretical<br />

Practical<br />

Week Specific learning outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific learning outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources<br />

General Objective 1: Situate oneself in the social and spatial contexts.<br />

1 1.1 Understand conventions for: Greet in French.<br />

Chalkboard. 1.1 Use conventions for:<br />

Guide students to listen Language<br />

1.1.1 greeting people<br />

1.1.1 greeting people<br />

to greetings in French in laboratory.<br />

1.1.2 responding to greetings Pronounce slowly basic words in French Language 1.1.2 responding to greetings<br />

the language laboratory.<br />

1.1.3 introducing self for students to imitate.<br />

laboratory. 1.1.3 introducing self<br />

1.1.4 presenting a third party<br />

1.1.4 presenting a third party Show films.<br />

1.1.5 thanking<br />

Explain basic conventions such as shaking Textbooks. 1.1.5 thanking<br />

1.1.6 farewelling<br />

hands, kissing, and when they are used.<br />

1.1.6 farewelling<br />

1.2 Understand correct usage of<br />

titles<br />

Explain titles<br />

( Monsieur, Madame, Mademoiselle)<br />

1.2 Address people with their correct<br />

Guide students in role-<br />

titles<br />

playing greetings<br />

between people in<br />

different relationships.<br />

2 1.3 Distinguish sounds<br />

Pronounce simple words slowly for<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

1.3 Make sounds.<br />

Guide students to<br />

Language<br />

1.4 Know written<br />

students to imitate sounds.<br />

1.4 Write down sounds.<br />

listening to sounds and<br />

laboratory.<br />

alphabet<br />

Write words down.<br />

Language<br />

repeating them in the<br />

Explain sounds of different letters, e.g.<br />

laboratory.<br />

language laboratory.<br />

accents (e-é-è-ç-a-à) and combinations (aion-en-ou…).<br />

Textbooks.<br />

Guide students to<br />

practise reading simple<br />

passages out loud.<br />

Explain personal pronouns (je/tu…;<br />

1.5 Understand personal<br />

moi/toi…)<br />

Guide students to<br />

122


pronouns<br />

becoming familiar with<br />

1.5 Understand personal pronouns<br />

using different personal<br />

pronouns through simple<br />

Explain difference between ‘tu’ and ‘vous’.<br />

exercises.<br />

3 1.6 Identify objects in the classroom and<br />

Pronounce words and ask students to write<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

1.6 Understand and name objects in the<br />

Guide students to<br />

Language<br />

immediate surroundings<br />

them.<br />

classroom and immediate surroundings.<br />

integrating words and<br />

laboratory.<br />

articles in simple<br />

1.7 Understand definite and<br />

Textbooks.<br />

1.7 Use definite and indefinite articles.<br />

sentences.<br />

indefinite articles.<br />

Explain gender in French.<br />

Explain plural in French.<br />

Explain uses of articles (un/une/des;<br />

le/la/les).<br />

4 1.8 Identify and conjugate the verb ‘être’.<br />

Conjugate the verb ‘être’ in simple<br />

Flipchart<br />

1.8 Make simple sentences using the<br />

Guide students in making<br />

Language<br />

sentences.<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

verb ‘être’.<br />

their own sentences using<br />

laboratory.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

the verb ‘être’.<br />

1.9 Understand the expressions “Je viens de/<br />

World map.<br />

J’habite à”)<br />

Make sentences using the expressions “Je<br />

1.9 Use the expressions “Je viens de/<br />

If available, show films<br />

Films.<br />

viens de/J’habite à”<br />

J’habite à”)<br />

of French-speaking<br />

1.10. Know words for different<br />

people from different<br />

nationalities<br />

Pronounce and write down words for<br />

countries.<br />

different nationalities.<br />

1.10 Understand and use words for<br />

different nationalities.<br />

Guide students in role-<br />

1.11 Identify countries where<br />

playing simple<br />

French is spoken<br />

Guide students in identifying countries<br />

1.11 Be familiar with countries where<br />

conversations (e.g. with<br />

where French is the or one of the languages<br />

French is spoken.<br />

French-speaking clients<br />

commonly used.<br />

from different countries<br />

at a hotel).<br />

General Objective 2: Understand and use basic French vocabulary<br />

5. 2.1 Count to 100. Explain numbers in French. Chalkboard. 2.1 Count to 100. Guide students in Language<br />

123


Textbooks.<br />

listening to numbers and<br />

laboratory.<br />

writing them down in<br />

figures and letters.<br />

Guide students in taking<br />

2.2 Understand a telephone<br />

5.2 Explain how telephone numbers are<br />

down telephone numbers<br />

number<br />

given<br />

Chalkboard<br />

2.2 Take down a telephone number<br />

Guide students in<br />

Textbooks.<br />

2.3 Be familiar with different currencies<br />

becoming familiar with<br />

2.3 Identify different currencies<br />

Explain different currencies used in<br />

used in French-speaking countries.<br />

different currencies.<br />

used in French-speaking countries.<br />

French-speaking countries (Euro, Swiss<br />

francs, dirham, CFA francs …)<br />

6 2.4 Identify and conjugate the<br />

Conjugate the verb ‘avoir’ in simple<br />

Flip chart.<br />

2.4 Make simple sentences using the<br />

Guide students in making<br />

Language<br />

verb ‘avoir’.<br />

sentences.<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

verb ‘avoir’.<br />

their own sentences using<br />

laboratory.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

the verb ‘avoir’.<br />

2.5 Identify possessive adjectives.<br />

Explain the different possessive adjectives<br />

2.5 Use possessive adjectives.<br />

Guide students in making<br />

(mon/ma, ton/ta…)and their usage.<br />

their own sentences using<br />

possessive adjectives.<br />

Pronounce and write down the names of<br />

Guide students in<br />

2.6 Identify members of a family<br />

different family members in French.<br />

2.6 Make sentences referring to members<br />

describing family<br />

in French.<br />

of a family in French, using<br />

members.<br />

possessive adjectives.<br />

7 2.7 Tell the time.<br />

Explain how to tell the time in French.<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

2.7 Ask, take down and tell the time.<br />

Guide students in reading<br />

Clock.<br />

Explain the 24-hour clock.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

the clock and a calendar.<br />

Language<br />

laboratory.<br />

Show uses of the temporal position ‘à’<br />

2.8 Make simple sentences referring to<br />

Guide students in noting<br />

2.8. Understand the temporal<br />

the time.<br />

their activities at<br />

preposition ‘à’<br />

different times of the<br />

124


day.<br />

Explain the days of the week in French.<br />

2.9 Understand and use days of the week<br />

Guide students in taking<br />

2.9 Identify days of the week.<br />

Explain the general working week in<br />

in simple sentences.<br />

down hotel or restaurant<br />

France.<br />

reservations.<br />

General Objective 3: Make simple sentences using the present tense.<br />

8 3.1 Identify the groups of verbs.<br />

Explain how to differentiate the root from<br />

Flipchart.<br />

3.1 Understand how to identify different<br />

Guide students in<br />

Language<br />

the ending of a verb.<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

groups of verbs.<br />

identifying ‘ER’-ending<br />

laboratory.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

verbs.<br />

Conjugate ‘ER’ verbs in simple sentences.<br />

3.2 Use regular verbs ending in<br />

3.2 Make simple sentences using verbs<br />

Guide students in making<br />

‘ER’.<br />

ending in ‘ER’.<br />

their own simple<br />

Use the verb ‘parler’ to introduce the words<br />

sentences with ‘ER’-<br />

for different languages spoken around the<br />

3.3 Use words for different languages.<br />

ending verbs.<br />

3.3 Explain the different<br />

world.<br />

languages students speak.<br />

Guide students in<br />

describing themselves<br />

and the languages they<br />

speak.<br />

9 3.4 Understand sentences in the negative.<br />

Explain the use of ‘ne/pas’.<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

3.4 Make simple sentences in the<br />

Guide students in making<br />

Language<br />

Textbooks.<br />

negative.<br />

sentences about their<br />

laboratory.<br />

likes and dislikes using<br />

the verb ‘aimer’.<br />

3.5 Speak about likes and dislikes.<br />

Introduce simple vocabulary related to<br />

3.5 State likes and dislikes in French.<br />

Guide students in making<br />

leisure activities.<br />

simple sentences in the<br />

negative using other<br />

verbs.<br />

3.6 Ask a question.<br />

125


3.6 Ask simple questions. Guide students in role-<br />

Explain the use of ‘est-ce que’.<br />

playing conversations<br />

between hotel staff and a<br />

French-speaking client<br />

visiting their area.<br />

10 3.7 Know the words for colours.<br />

Explain the words for colours.<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

3.7 Use the words for colours.<br />

Show films.<br />

Language<br />

Textbooks.<br />

laboratory.<br />

3.8 Understand simple adjectives.<br />

Explain simple adjectives (e.g. petit/grand;<br />

3.8 Use simple adjectives.<br />

bon/mauvais; gentil/méchant…) and their<br />

Guide students in<br />

positioning in the sentence.<br />

describing objects and<br />

people in their<br />

Explain how to link adjectives with the<br />

surroundings using<br />

noun.<br />

colours and adjectives.<br />

11 3.9 Understand and conjugate the verb ‘aller’.<br />

Make simple sentences using the verb<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

3.9 Use the verb ‘aller’.<br />

Guide students in taking<br />

Language<br />

3.10 Understand basic directions.<br />

‘aller’.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

directions.<br />

laboratory.<br />

Explain basic vocabulary used in giving<br />

3.10 Give directions, using basic<br />

directions.<br />

vocabulary and geographical<br />

Guide students in giving<br />

Basic map.<br />

3.11 Identify basic geographical<br />

prepositions.<br />

basic directions.<br />

prepositions (à-de-en)<br />

Guide students in understanding how to use<br />

Guide students in role-<br />

basic geographical prepositions.<br />

playing conversations<br />

between a local and a lost<br />

French-speaking person<br />

in their area.<br />

General Objective 4: Understand and use simple French expressions.<br />

12 4.1 Identify and conjugate regular<br />

Conjugate verbs ending in ‘RE’ in simple<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

4.1 Make simple sentences using regular<br />

Guide students in<br />

Language<br />

verbs ending in ‘RE’.<br />

sentences.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

verbs ending in ‘RE’.<br />

identifying regular verbs<br />

laboratory.<br />

ending in ‘RE’.<br />

Guide students in making<br />

126


their own simple<br />

sentences using verbs<br />

ending in ‘RE’.<br />

4.2 Use simple adverbs.<br />

4.2 Use simple adverbs for quantity and<br />

Guide students in using<br />

the terms ‘un peu’ and<br />

Make simple sentences using simple<br />

frequency in sentences.<br />

‘très’.<br />

adverbs (quantity and frequency)<br />

13 4.3 Identify and conjugate regular verbs<br />

Conjugate verbs ending in ‘RE’ in simple<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

4.3 Make simple sentences using regular<br />

Guide students in<br />

Language<br />

ending in ‘IR’.<br />

sentences.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

verbs ending in ‘IR’.<br />

identifying regular verbs<br />

laboratory.<br />

ending in ‘IR’.<br />

Guide students in making<br />

their own simple<br />

sentences using verbs<br />

ending in ‘IR’.<br />

4.4 Identify different occupations.<br />

4.4 Recognize and refer to different<br />

Guide students in<br />

Introduce students to the names of different<br />

occupations.<br />

describing different<br />

occupations.<br />

occupations in their area.<br />

14 4.5 Know the basic geography of<br />

Explain vocabulary for basic geography<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

4.5 Identify major geographical areas in<br />

Guide students in reading<br />

Language<br />

French-speaking Europe.<br />

(e.g. ‘ville’, ‘campagne’, ‘montagne’,<br />

Textbooks.<br />

France on a map using simple<br />

a map of metropolitan<br />

laboratory.<br />

‘mer’…).<br />

vocabulary.<br />

France.<br />

Map of<br />

Map of<br />

Europe.<br />

Europe.<br />

15 4.6 Understand expressions used<br />

Explain expressions used to describe the<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

4.6 Describe the weather. Guide students in role-<br />

Language<br />

to describe the weather.<br />

weather.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

playing conversations<br />

laboratory.<br />

between two people from<br />

Map of<br />

different areas.<br />

Map of<br />

Europe.<br />

Europe.<br />

127


ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework (including oral and written)<br />

%<br />

Oral examination<br />

%<br />

Written examination<br />

%<br />

50<br />

25<br />

25<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Escales. Méthode de français. Jacques Blanc, Jean-Michel Cartier, Pierre Lederlin. Paris : CLE International, 2001.<br />

Taxi ! Méthode de français. Pierre-François Guédon. Paris : Hachette, 2004.<br />

Panorama de la langue française, Jacky Girardet et Jean-Marie Cridlig, Paris : CLE International. 1996.<br />

Studio 60, Christian Lavenne et al. Paris : Les Editions Didier, 2002.<br />

Grammaire pour l’enseignement/apprentissage du FLE, Geneviève-Dominique de Salins, Didier/Hatier, Paris, 1996.<br />

La grammaire des premiers temps, D. Abry, M-L Chalaron. Presses Universitaires de Grenoble, 2000.<br />

128


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 4<br />

Department/ Programme: : HOSPITALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT (NATIONAL DIPLOMA)<br />

HMT 121<br />

Subject/Course: FRENCH LANGUAGE II Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: French I Practical: 2 hours/week<br />

Course Aim/Goal: This course is designed to enable the student to communicate with French speakers in a range of situations.<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the student should be able to:<br />

1.0 Engage in simple conversations in French.<br />

2.0 Express oneself in the future.<br />

3.0 Express oneself in the past.<br />

129


Theoretical<br />

Week Specific learning outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific learning outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources<br />

General Objective 1: Engage in simple conversations in French.<br />

Explain the usage of direct object Chalkboard<br />

1 1.1 Identify direct object pronouns<br />

1.2 Understand comparative<br />

sentences<br />

1.3 Understand simple vocabulary<br />

related to holidays.<br />

pronouns.<br />

Explain how to construct comparative<br />

sentences (‘plus … que’).<br />

Explain simple vocabulary related to<br />

holidays.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

Practical<br />

1.1 Replace nouns with<br />

direct object<br />

complements in<br />

simple sentences.<br />

1.2 Make simple comparative<br />

sentences<br />

1.3 Use simple vocabulary related<br />

to holidays.<br />

1.4 Know where people go on<br />

holidays in France.<br />

Guide students in carrying out simple<br />

exercises using direct object<br />

complements.<br />

Guide students in understanding and<br />

making their own simple comparative<br />

sentences, using holiday-related<br />

vocabulary.<br />

Language<br />

laboratory.<br />

Show films of holidays areas in France.<br />

2 1.4 Understand how to conjugate key<br />

irregular verbs<br />

Explain conjugation for key irregular<br />

verbs<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

1.4 Make sentences using key<br />

irregular verbs.<br />

Guide students in making simple<br />

sentences using key irregular verbs.<br />

Language<br />

laboratory.<br />

1.5 Understand use of ‘trop’ and ‘pas<br />

assez’.<br />

Explain use of ‘trop’ and ‘pas assez’<br />

1.5 Use ‘trop’ and ‘pas assez’<br />

in simple sentences.<br />

Guide students in making simple<br />

sentences using ‘trop’ and ‘pas assez’.<br />

1.6 Understand vocabulary for<br />

the rooms of a home or<br />

building.<br />

Explain vocabulary for the rooms of a<br />

home or building.<br />

1.6 Use the vocabulary for the<br />

rooms of a home or<br />

building.<br />

Guide students in writing descriptions of<br />

hotels in their community for French<br />

tourists.<br />

130


1.7 Understand types of housing<br />

in France.<br />

Explain types of housing common in<br />

France and the uses of the different<br />

rooms.<br />

3 1.8 Identify pronominal verbs.<br />

Give examples of pronominal verbs.<br />

Chalkboard<br />

1.7 Make sentences using<br />

Guide students in understanding and<br />

Language<br />

Textbooks<br />

pronominal verbs<br />

making sentences using pronominal<br />

laboratory.<br />

verbs<br />

1.9 Understand how to excuse<br />

Explain situations in which one may<br />

1.8 Excuse oneself.<br />

Guide students in responding to<br />

oneself.<br />

need to excuse oneself, and how to do<br />

situations requiring them to excuse<br />

so.<br />

themselves.<br />

1.10 Identify common forms of<br />

1.9 Understand common forms<br />

Guide students in replying to an<br />

entertainment in French-<br />

of entertainment in<br />

invitation.<br />

speaking countries.<br />

French-speaking<br />

countries.<br />

Show films.<br />

4 1.11 Identify the imperative<br />

Explain conjugation of the imperative<br />

Chalkboard<br />

1.10. Use the imperative form<br />

Guide students in using the imperative<br />

Language<br />

form of verbs.<br />

form.<br />

Textbooks<br />

of verbs.<br />

form of verbs in simple sentences.<br />

laboratory.<br />

1.11 Make simple<br />

Guide students in understanding and<br />

1.12 Understand simple<br />

Explain how to use ‘où’ and ‘qui’ in<br />

interrogative<br />

sentences<br />

making simple interrogative sentences<br />

interrogative sentences<br />

simple interrogative sentences.<br />

using ‘où’ and ‘qui’.<br />

using ‘où’ and ‘qui’.<br />

using ‘où’ and ‘qui’.<br />

1.12 Hold a short telephone<br />

Guide students in role-playing short<br />

conversation.<br />

telephone conversations.<br />

131


5. 1.13 Identify geographical<br />

Explain how to use the different<br />

Chalkboard<br />

1.13 Use geographical<br />

Guide students in using geographical<br />

Language<br />

prepositions<br />

geographical prepositions<br />

Textbooks<br />

prepositions in simple<br />

prepositions in simple sentences, using<br />

laboratory.<br />

(à/en/aux/chez/dans)<br />

(à/en/aux/chez/dans)<br />

sentences.<br />

the vocabulary for different forms of<br />

transport.<br />

1.14Understand vocabulary for<br />

Explain different forms of transport<br />

1.14 Make sentences using the<br />

different forms of transport.<br />

available in France.<br />

vocabulary for different forms<br />

of transport.<br />

1.15 Respond to an emergency<br />

Explain the different emergency services<br />

situation.<br />

personnel in France.<br />

Guide students in responding to<br />

emergency situations.<br />

General Objective 2: Express oneself in the future.<br />

6 2.1 Identify the future tense.<br />

Explain conjugation of the future<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

2.1 Make simple sentences<br />

Guide students in making simple<br />

Language<br />

tense.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

using the future tense.<br />

sentences using the future tense.<br />

laboratory.<br />

2.2 Understand vocabulary for<br />

2.2 Reply to simple<br />

Guide students in role-playing<br />

months and years.<br />

Explain vocabulary for months and<br />

interrogative<br />

sentences<br />

conversations relating to date, e.g.<br />

years.<br />

relating to time using<br />

between a hotel receptionist and a client<br />

vocabulary for months<br />

wishing to make a reservation.<br />

and dates.<br />

2.3 Make simple interrogative<br />

2.3 Understand interrogative<br />

sentences using ‘quand’.<br />

sentences using ‘quand’.<br />

Give examples of simple interrogative<br />

sentences using ‘quand’.<br />

7 2.4 Identify the verb ‘être’ in the<br />

Explain conjugation of the verb ‘être’<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

2.4 Use the verb ‘être’ in the<br />

Guide students in making different<br />

Language<br />

future tense.<br />

in the future tense.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

future tense.<br />

sentences using the verb ‘être’ in the<br />

laboratory.<br />

future, with appropriate temporal<br />

prepositions.<br />

132


Guide students in describing what they<br />

2.5 Identify temporal<br />

Explain use of temporal prepositions<br />

2.5 Make sentences using<br />

will do after they graduate.<br />

prepositions used to indicate the<br />

used to indicate the future (‘dans, en,<br />

temporal prepositions that<br />

future.<br />

pour, pendant’).<br />

indicate the future.<br />

8 2.6 Identify the verb ‘avoir’ in<br />

Explain conjugation of the verb ‘avoir’<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

2.6 Make sentences using the<br />

Guide students in making sentences<br />

Language<br />

the future tense.<br />

in the future tense.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

verb ‘avoir’ in the future<br />

using the verb ‘avoir’ in the future tense.<br />

laboratory.<br />

tense.<br />

Guide students in reworking sentences to<br />

2.7 Identify indirect object<br />

Explain how indirect object pronouns<br />

2.7 Use indirect object<br />

use indirect object pronouns.<br />

pronouns.<br />

are used.<br />

pronouns in sentences.<br />

9 2.8 Identify the verb ‘aller’ in<br />

Explain conjugation of the verb ‘aller’<br />

Chalkboard<br />

2.8 Make sentences using the<br />

Guide students in role-playing<br />

Language<br />

the future tense.<br />

in the future tense.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

verb ‘aller’ in the future<br />

conversations between a tourism agent<br />

laboratory.<br />

tense.<br />

and a French-speaking person travelling<br />

in their area who requires explanations<br />

2.9 Understand interrogative<br />

Make interrogative sentences using<br />

2.9Make<br />

interrogative<br />

of a itinerary.<br />

sentences with ‘pourquoi’ and<br />

‘pourquoi’ and ‘comments’ as<br />

sentences<br />

using<br />

‘comment’.<br />

examples.<br />

‘pourquoi’<br />

and<br />

‘comment’.<br />

10 2.10 Understand the expression<br />

Explain expressions using ‘si +<br />

Chalkboard<br />

2.10 Make sentences using the<br />

Guide students in listening to and<br />

Language<br />

of condition using ‘Si’ +<br />

present’.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

expression ‘si’ + present.<br />

making conditional sentences using the<br />

laboratory.<br />

present.<br />

Films.<br />

expression ‘si’ + present.<br />

Films.<br />

2.11 Use common expressions<br />

Items used to<br />

used in greeting cards.<br />

Guide students in making greeting cards<br />

celebrate French<br />

2.11 Understand common<br />

Give examples of common<br />

for different times of year/life.<br />

holidays as<br />

expressions used in<br />

expressions used in greeting cards/<br />

2.12 Understand major<br />

appropriate.<br />

greeting cards.<br />

(‘adresser ses voeux’)<br />

holidays celebrated in<br />

Show films on major holidays celebrated<br />

France.<br />

in France.<br />

2.12 Identify major holidays<br />

Explain how major holidays are<br />

If appropriate, organize for students to<br />

133


celebrated in France.<br />

celebrated in France, including<br />

Bastille Day, the new year and the<br />

main religious holidays.<br />

attend a celebration ceremony at a<br />

French institution or organize one in the<br />

classroom.<br />

General Objective 3: Express oneself in the past.<br />

11 3.1 Identify the passé composé.<br />

Explain conjugation of the passé<br />

Chalkboard<br />

3.1 Use the passé compose in<br />

Guide students in using the passé<br />

Language<br />

composé tense.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

sentences using verbs<br />

compose in sentences using verbs<br />

laboratory.<br />

expressing action and<br />

expressing action and state.<br />

3.2 Understand the difference<br />

state.<br />

between verbs expressing<br />

Explain the difference between verbs<br />

action, and verbs<br />

expressing action, and verbs<br />

expressing state.<br />

expressing state.<br />

Explain the effect of this on endings in<br />

the past tense.<br />

3.3 Understand the expression ‘Il<br />

3.2 Use the expression ‘Il y a’.<br />

Guide students in using the expression<br />

y a ‘.<br />

Give examples of sentences using the<br />

‘Il y a’.<br />

expression ‘Il y a’.<br />

3.3 Read and explain a<br />

curriculum vitae.<br />

Guide students in role-playing job<br />

interviews.<br />

12 3.4 Understand interrogative<br />

Make simple sentences using ‘quel’ as<br />

Chalkboard<br />

3.3Make<br />

interrogative<br />

Guide students in making interrogative<br />

Language<br />

sentences using<br />

examples.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

sentences using ‘quel/le/ls/les’<br />

sentences using ‘quel’.<br />

laboratory.<br />

‘quel’/le/ls/les’.<br />

3.4 Use basic vocabulary for<br />

Guide students in describing how they<br />

3.5 Identify basic vocabulary for<br />

food.<br />

cook their favourite local food.<br />

food.<br />

Explain basic vocabulary for food.<br />

3.5 Know basic French<br />

3.6 Understand basic French<br />

conventions for eating.<br />

Guide students in role-playing<br />

134


conventions for eating.<br />

conversations between restaurant<br />

3.6 Know how to place and<br />

personnel and French clients.<br />

take orders in a restaurant.<br />

13 3.7 Identify the imperfect tense.<br />

Explain when the imperfect tense is<br />

Chalkboard.<br />

3.7 Make sentences using the<br />

Guide students in making sentences<br />

Language<br />

used.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

imperfect tense.<br />

using the imperfect tense and passé<br />

laboratory.<br />

compose, with appropriate temporal<br />

Explain conjugation of the imperfect<br />

prepositions.<br />

tense.<br />

3.8 Understand temporal<br />

Guide students in role-playing<br />

prepositions used to express the<br />

Explain temporal prepositions used to<br />

conversations between a tourist<br />

past.<br />

expression the past (en, depuis,<br />

interested in the history of a monument<br />

pendant)<br />

or area of their community and a guide.<br />

14 3.9 Understand vocabulary<br />

Explain vocabulary expressing broad<br />

Chalkboard<br />

3.8 Understand broad<br />

Show films/news.<br />

Language<br />

expressing broad political and<br />

political and historical events.<br />

Textbooks.<br />

historical events in<br />

laboratory.<br />

historical events.<br />

France.<br />

Guide students in reading and<br />

Films.<br />

commenting on short articles on French<br />

politics.<br />

15 3.10 Know the main institutions<br />

Explain the main institutions and<br />

Chalkboard<br />

3.9 Situate the main<br />

Show films/news.<br />

Language<br />

and figures of the French<br />

figures of the French political system<br />

Textbooks.<br />

institutions and figures of<br />

laboratory.<br />

political system<br />

the French political<br />

Guide students in reading and<br />

Films.<br />

system.<br />

commenting on short articles on French<br />

politics.<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework (including oral and written)<br />

%<br />

Oral examination<br />

%<br />

Written examination<br />

%<br />

135


50 25 25<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Escales. Méthode de français. Jacques Blanc, Jean-Michel Cartier, Pierre Lederlin. Paris : CLE International, 2001.<br />

Taxi ! Méthode de français. Pierre-François Guédon. Paris : Hachette, 2004.<br />

Panorama de la langue française, Jacky Girardet et Jean-Marie Cridlig, Paris : CLE International. 1996.<br />

Studio 60, Christian Lavenne et al. Paris : Les Editions Didier, 2002.<br />

Grammaire pour l’enseignement/apprentissage du FLE, Geneviève-Dominique de Salins, Didier/Hatier, Paris, 1996.<br />

La grammaire des premiers temps, D. Abry, M-L Chalaron. Presses Universitaires de Grenoble, 2000.<br />

136


Department/ Programme: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN<br />

Course Code:124 Credit Hours: 3<br />

HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />

Subject/Course: FRONT OFFICE OPERATION Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 1 hours /week<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the diplomate should be able to:<br />

1.0 Understand the relationship of the front office department with other departments within the organization.<br />

2.0 Understand the value and attributes of social skills of the front office employee<br />

3.0 Know the functions of the front office and its employees<br />

4.0 Know the checking procedures and the various records for registration<br />

5.0 Know the communication processes in hospitality organisations<br />

6.0 Know the importance of the telephone as a means of communication<br />

Course: FRONT OFFICE OPERATION<br />

Course Code: HMT 124 Credit Hours: 3<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

137


Year: 1 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 1 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0: Understand the relationship of the front office department within the organization<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Resources<br />

1<br />

1.1 Explain how Front Office department gives the<br />

first impression of the organization.<br />

1.2 Outline the interrelationship of the Front Office<br />

with other departments (restaurants,<br />

housekeeping) and back of house (kitchen and<br />

Explain the interdependence<br />

between the front office and<br />

other departments.<br />

Discuss ways in which the<br />

Organisation<br />

charts<br />

Video<br />

Understand how front office department<br />

gives the first impression of the<br />

organization.<br />

Outline the interrelationship of the front<br />

Draw charts to<br />

show the<br />

interrelationships<br />

of the front office<br />

and the other<br />

Charts<br />

Video Set<br />

TV.<br />

Video<br />

cassette.<br />

housekeeping, laundry) and also of other service<br />

first impression of an<br />

office with other departments – restaurant,<br />

departments.<br />

department (finance, security, maintenance,<br />

establishment can be created<br />

Video cassette<br />

housekeeping, kitchen, laundry and other<br />

marketing).<br />

through the front office.<br />

service departments such as finance,<br />

Take students on an<br />

TV<br />

security maintenance, marketing.<br />

industrial visit.<br />

1.3 State the benefits that exist in fostering positive<br />

Discuss how interrelationship<br />

relations for<br />

between the front office and<br />

Diagrams<br />

State the benefits that exist in fostering<br />

Show video of a<br />

1.3.1 Improved customer service<br />

other departments can<br />

positive relations.<br />

front office at<br />

1.3.2 Increased sales<br />

improve custainer service,<br />

Flip chart<br />

work.<br />

1.3.3 Good working atmosphere – team ‘spirit’<br />

increase sales and encourage<br />

Improved customer service<br />

1.4 Relate the different components of the Front<br />

esprit d’coup.<br />

Lead the students<br />

Office in: Front desk; Concierge; Switch board;<br />

Increased sales<br />

in group disussions<br />

Reception room; Lounge; Porters and luggage<br />

Explain the importance of<br />

role plays on how<br />

2<br />

handling.<br />

product knowledge in front<br />

Good work place atmosphere team spirit.<br />

the front office<br />

1.5 State the relevance of product knowledge in Front<br />

office operations.<br />

creates a first<br />

Office operations<br />

Relate the different components of the<br />

impression how<br />

1.6 Draw and explain the organizational structure of<br />

Front Office – Front desk, concierge,<br />

positive<br />

the front office.<br />

switch board.<br />

relationship fosters<br />

Reception room, Lounge, Porters and<br />

increased customer<br />

luggage handling.<br />

service, increased<br />

sales and good<br />

138


State the relevance of product knowledge<br />

in front office operations<br />

work place<br />

atmosphere.<br />

Explain the organisational structure of the<br />

front office.<br />

Draw the<br />

organisational<br />

structure of the<br />

front office.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Understand the value and attributes of social skills of the Front Office employee.<br />

3 2.1 Describe the quality of the front office employee<br />

in terms of<br />

2.2 High standard of professional attitude.<br />

2.3 Hygiene standards.<br />

2.4 Etiquette and communication skills<br />

2.5 Dress code<br />

Explain what is required of<br />

front office employees in<br />

terms of their professional<br />

attitudes, standard of personal<br />

hygiene grooming and<br />

communication skills.<br />

Pictures<br />

Describe the quality of the front office<br />

employee in terms of:<br />

High standard of professional attitude<br />

Hygiene standards<br />

Etiquette and communication skills<br />

Dress code.<br />

Lead a discussion on<br />

the qualities of front<br />

office employees<br />

with regard to<br />

appearance i.e.<br />

grooming,<br />

professional attitude,<br />

personal hygiene and<br />

communication<br />

skills.<br />

Photograp<br />

hs pictures<br />

of front<br />

office<br />

employees<br />

4<br />

5<br />

General Objective 3.0:Know the functions of the Front Office and its employees<br />

3.1 Explain the functions of the front office which Explain the functions of the<br />

include:<br />

front office.<br />

3.1.1. Receiving and welcoming guests<br />

3.1.2. Checking in/out of guests<br />

Reception area<br />

3.2 Explain the importance of discretion and Discuss the importance of<br />

importance of the guest and his privacy.<br />

discretion in dealing with<br />

Explain the functions of the front office<br />

which include;<br />

3.1.2 Checking guests in or out<br />

3.1.3 Giving directions to the guests within<br />

the organisation and making<br />

recommendations of suitable facilities.<br />

Allocating rooms<br />

Demonstrate<br />

checking in and out<br />

of guests.<br />

Illustrate with<br />

examples the<br />

.Samples<br />

of relevant<br />

document<br />

s<br />

cardboard<br />

sheets.<br />

guest also the importance of<br />

Be able to advise the guest on how best to<br />

allocation of rooms<br />

Felt pens<br />

139


3.3 List other services that could be expected from a<br />

front office department especially that of a small<br />

respecting guests privacy.<br />

obtain services<br />

Accounting and payment of bill<br />

to guest, payment of<br />

bills preparation and<br />

markers.<br />

6<br />

hotel<br />

Elicit from students other<br />

Handling guests luggage securely.<br />

distribution of arrival<br />

3.4 Allocation of accommodation<br />

services that could be<br />

Explain the importance of discretion and<br />

lists.<br />

3.5 Be able to advice the guest on how best to obtain<br />

obtained from the front office<br />

respect of the guest and his privacy.<br />

services within the city for example travel<br />

especially that of a small<br />

List other services that could be expected<br />

Demonstrate the<br />

services and attractions.<br />

hotel.<br />

from a front office department e.g. in a<br />

handling of luhhage.<br />

small hotel.<br />

3.6 Account payment and bill handling.<br />

3.7 Luggage handling and how o ensure security of<br />

guest personal effects.<br />

3.8 Handling guest mail messages and paging<br />

3.9 The value of discretion and respecting customer<br />

privacy for a Front Office employee<br />

3.10 List other services e.g business services that<br />

could be expected from a Front Office<br />

department especially in small hotels.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Know the checking procedures and the various records for guest registration<br />

7 4.1a. Check guest histories accurately to identify<br />

guest details<br />

b. Confirm reservations in accordance with<br />

establishment procedures<br />

c. Allocate rooms in accordance with guest<br />

requirements<br />

d. Confirm reservations in accordance with<br />

establishment procedures<br />

e. Compile arrival list noting any special requests<br />

f. Distribute arrival list to or notify in an<br />

appropriate manner relevant department<br />

Show samples of records of<br />

guests registration<br />

Direct students to produce<br />

these records.<br />

Explain the necessary steps in<br />

checking quests history.<br />

Describe the procedure for<br />

confirmation of reservation in<br />

Flip chart<br />

Samples of<br />

registration<br />

document.<br />

Describe the procedures for checking<br />

guests in.<br />

Check guests history accurately to identify<br />

guests.<br />

Allocate rooms according to guests<br />

requirements<br />

Confirm reservation in accordance with<br />

establishment procedures.<br />

Demonstrate how to<br />

check guests history<br />

and identity.<br />

Show how to allocate<br />

rooms according to<br />

guests requirements.<br />

Show how to confirm<br />

reservation<br />

Show how to compile<br />

Telephone<br />

samples or<br />

registratio<br />

n<br />

stationery<br />

– registerloose<br />

sheets<br />

reservatio<br />

n forms<br />

cash<br />

receipt<br />

books<br />

140


(room service, switch board, concierge,<br />

housekeeping)<br />

g. Prepare guest folios<br />

accordance with the<br />

establishment procedure<br />

allocation of rooms.<br />

Compile arrival list noting any special<br />

needs of guest.<br />

arrival list and<br />

distribute to relevant<br />

departments<br />

luggage<br />

pass note<br />

book.<br />

h.. Record payment details<br />

Explain the use, compilation<br />

Distribute arrival list in an appropriate<br />

Show how to prepare<br />

4.1 Records for guest registration<br />

and distribution of arrival<br />

manner to notify relevant departments (e.g.<br />

guests folio<br />

8<br />

Describe and identify the different types of<br />

lists, guests folio guests<br />

room service, restaurant, kitchen,<br />

registers, e.g.<br />

payment documents.<br />

housekeeping, switch board, concierge<br />

Show how to record<br />

book form, loose leaf, individual cards.<br />

etc.)<br />

payments<br />

Explain and apply the procedure for guest<br />

Explain the types and use of<br />

registration<br />

the guests register, visitors<br />

Prepare quest folios.<br />

Show the different<br />

Explain and apply the uses of the luggage book<br />

record index arrival and<br />

types of registers and<br />

and luggage<br />

departure list, change of room<br />

Record payment details.<br />

how they are used.<br />

pass<br />

form, room record form.<br />

Explain and apply the use of the black book<br />

Demonstrate how to<br />

Explain and apply the use of visitor’s record card,<br />

Explain the procedure in<br />

registers a guest<br />

room<br />

welcoming guests and<br />

record card, guest alphabetical index, arrival and<br />

registering guests with<br />

Show the use of a<br />

departure<br />

reservation and those without.<br />

luggage book and a<br />

list, change of room form.<br />

luggage pass<br />

Describe and explain the use<br />

4.2 Check in procedures/Guest registration<br />

of telex, facsimile, computer<br />

Pass the black book<br />

m. Welcome guests and confirm details of<br />

facilities.<br />

and how it is used.<br />

9<br />

reservation. If a<br />

work-in, guest just commence with<br />

Explain how information<br />

Show the use of<br />

registration after<br />

technology is used in<br />

visitors record card<br />

adequate information to the guest and<br />

reservation – CRS, Guest<br />

room record card,<br />

approval from the<br />

history record internet<br />

requests alphabetical<br />

guest<br />

advertising, credit card sales,<br />

index, arrival and<br />

n. Follow the registration procedures for guests<br />

key card and security.<br />

department forums,<br />

with/without<br />

change of room form<br />

141


eservation<br />

Describe how information<br />

technology is used in front<br />

Demonstrate how to<br />

office statistics.<br />

welcome guest<br />

Explain simple forecasting<br />

and yield management in<br />

front office operations.<br />

General Objective 5:<br />

10 Explain to guest clearly details relating to room<br />

keys, guest<br />

mails an messages and safety deposit facilities<br />

Describe how details relating<br />

to room keys can be passed to<br />

guest, how to describe the<br />

Demonstrate how to<br />

pass information<br />

Key<br />

p. Describe to guests clearly the room and general<br />

room and the facilities of the<br />

concerning room<br />

facilities<br />

hotel to guests.<br />

keys to guests.<br />

q. Give the key and direct the guest to the correct<br />

room<br />

r. Know hot to handle guest luggage and<br />

Explain how to give the room<br />

key to the guests and how to<br />

Demonstrate the<br />

passing of messages<br />

Luggage<br />

receptionist should<br />

direct guests to the room.<br />

and the handling of<br />

relate to the porters in accordance with the<br />

safe deposit and<br />

organizational<br />

Explain how to handle guests<br />

mails.<br />

procedures<br />

luggage applying [rp[er<br />

142


s. Follow authorized procedures to ensure guests<br />

procedure.<br />

Demonstrate how to<br />

11<br />

receive<br />

give the key to the<br />

requested wake up calls mail and messages<br />

Explain how to follow proper<br />

guest and how to<br />

t. Know how to order taxi services at the request of<br />

procedure to ensure that<br />

direct the guest to the<br />

guest<br />

guests receive mails,<br />

room.<br />

u. Use appropriate social skills in addressing the<br />

messages and wake up calls.<br />

guest at all<br />

Demonstrate the<br />

times<br />

Describe how to order a taxi.<br />

handling of guests<br />

v. Offer forward reservations and perform<br />

luggage.<br />

appropriate farewell<br />

practices to encourage repeat customers<br />

Explain how to use the right<br />

social skills in addressing the<br />

guest at all times,<br />

Guide students to<br />

play a role and<br />

Telephone<br />

Letter<br />

handle the procedures<br />

Describe how to offer<br />

of providing services<br />

forward reservation and how<br />

of wake-up call,<br />

to perform appropriate<br />

messages, mails.<br />

farewell practices to<br />

encourage repeat customers.<br />

Guide students to<br />

order a taxi for guest<br />

Demonstrate how to<br />

Telephone..<br />

address the guest at<br />

all times.<br />

Demonstrate the offer<br />

of forward<br />

reservation and the<br />

social skill needed in<br />

saying farewell to the<br />

guest.<br />

143


General Objective 5.0: Know the communication processes in hospitality organization<br />

Deal with problem situations<br />

Role play based on<br />

12<br />

5.1 Define the term communication and the<br />

the provision of a set<br />

importance in any organization.<br />

Provide Videos on<br />

of information to a<br />

5.2 Describe and list the different forms of verbal and<br />

communications<br />

Telephone<br />

customer<br />

non-verbal communication:<br />

Video<br />

i. Know the different telecommunication systems:<br />

Show samples<br />

PBX (Private Branch Exchange); PMBX (Private<br />

Manual Branch Exchange); Push-button intercom<br />

Role play on interpersonal<br />

system,; loud speaking system; Automatic<br />

skills<br />

answering phone; telex; free phone<br />

ii. Apply establishment procedures to guest mail<br />

such as: proper dating, recording of<br />

correspondence, distribution to persons.<br />

13<br />

iii. Use standard procedures to<br />

o<br />

prepare outgoing correspondence<br />

o<br />

business filing techniques in front office<br />

o<br />

handling registered mails<br />

iv. Handling enquiries of guests e.g inform guests on<br />

places of<br />

interests and festivals taking place.<br />

v. What interpersonal skill needed in communication<br />

and know<br />

how best to obtain necessary information from a<br />

guest<br />

applying adequate social skills<br />

General Objectives: 6.0 Know the importance of the telephone as a means of communication<br />

144


IMPORTANCE OF TELEPHONE<br />

Student to role play<br />

telephone<br />

on a problematic<br />

14<br />

6.1 Explain the importance of the telephone in a hotel<br />

Lectures<br />

situation, responding<br />

and state the meaning and use of AD & C, PABX<br />

to clients in an<br />

and STD.<br />

Discussion<br />

Pictures<br />

appropriate matter.<br />

6.2 Apply adequate telephone skills in:<br />

Role play: telephone<br />

(i)<br />

Timing-importance of answering incoming<br />

Case studies<br />

conversation with a<br />

calls promptly<br />

customer<br />

(ii)<br />

Speaking clearly<br />

(iii)<br />

Listening skills<br />

(iv)<br />

Information gathering and collecting<br />

customer information<br />

(v)<br />

Confirming understanding<br />

15<br />

6.3 Apply telephone skills in merchandising<br />

o<br />

assertiveness<br />

o<br />

product knowledge and b able to explain<br />

promotional packages and property facility to<br />

generate sales<br />

o<br />

meeting customer needs<br />

o<br />

offers<br />

o<br />

value of product knowledge<br />

6.4 State the importance, describe and operate a<br />

telephone switch board.<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Coursework/ Assignments 50%; Practical 50 %;<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

Abbott, P and Lewry ( 1993) front office procedures, Social skills and Management, London: Butterworth Heinemann<br />

Baker, S. Huyton, J and Bradley, P ( 2000) Principles of Hotel front Office Operations 2nd Ed. London: Continuu<br />

145


Bardi J ( 1996) Hotel front office management 2nd Ed. Chichester: Wiley<br />

Boella, M.J and Pannett, A. (2000) Principles of Hospitality Law, Cassell, London<br />

Braham B ( 1993) Hotel Front Office 2nd ed - Cheltenham: Stanley Thornes<br />

Verginis, C and Wood, R. ( 1999) Accommodation Management: perspectives for the International hotel Industry London: International Thompson Business Press<br />

146


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN HOSPITALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Code: HMT 127<br />

Credit Hours: 60 hours<br />

4.0<br />

Course: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Pre-requisite: WASC/SSC Accounts<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 25 %<br />

Semester: FIRST SEMESTER<br />

Practical: 3 hours/week - 75 %<br />

Goal: This course is designed to expose the students to the principles of accounting and the application of same to different types of transactions.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:<br />

On completion of this module the students should be able to:<br />

1.0 Know history, principles, role and conventions of accounting.<br />

2.0 Understand principles of double entry.<br />

3.0 Know capital and revenue items.<br />

4.0 Know books of original entry.<br />

5.0 Know the uses of ledger.<br />

6.0 Know trial balance.<br />

7.0 Know how errors are identified.<br />

8.0 Know the uses of journal.<br />

9.0 Understand bank reconciliation statements.<br />

10.0 Know depreciation.<br />

11.0 Understand accruals and prepayment.<br />

12.0 Know final accounts.<br />

147


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN HOSPITALITY<br />

MANAGMEMENT<br />

Code: ACC 111<br />

Credit Hours: 60 hours<br />

4.0<br />

Course: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTS Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week – 25%<br />

Semester FIRST SEMESTER<br />

Practical: 3 hours/week - 75%<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1: Know history, principles, role and conventions of accounting.<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s<br />

Resources<br />

Activities<br />

1<br />

1.1 State the history of accounting and the<br />

conventions.<br />

(i) Give brief definition<br />

of accounting.<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

1. Demonstrate their<br />

knowledge of the<br />

Organise<br />

students into role<br />

Flipcharts<br />

1.2 Explain the principles involved in (ii) Explain the<br />

history,<br />

model group relating Overhead projector<br />

accounting.<br />

concepts and<br />

principles, role<br />

accounting activities<br />

2<br />

1.3 Explain the role of accounting activity in<br />

the operation of an enterprise.<br />

conventions of<br />

Accounting..<br />

(iii) Discuss the<br />

and convention of<br />

accounting.<br />

to business<br />

hospitality industry.<br />

1.4 State the significance of accounting relationship of<br />

activities in the operation of a accounting<br />

Hhotel/catering industry.<br />

activities in the<br />

operation of a<br />

hospitality industry.<br />

(iv) State the<br />

importance of<br />

accounting<br />

activities to an hospitality<br />

industry.<br />

General Objective 2: Know capital and revenue items.<br />

3 2.1 Define capital and revenue items. (i) Explain capital and Overhead Classify items into revenue or Direct students to Flip charts<br />

148


2.2 Classify capital and revenue<br />

revenue items.<br />

projector<br />

capital expenditure.<br />

list revenue and<br />

Overhead projector.<br />

items.<br />

(ii) Discuss the<br />

capital items that<br />

2.3 Explain the accounting<br />

treatment of capital<br />

Differentiate capital<br />

may be used in a<br />

treatment with respect to<br />

and revenue items<br />

expenditure from revenue<br />

medium size<br />

capital and revenue items in<br />

in the books of<br />

expenditure.<br />

hospitality industry<br />

a transaction.<br />

accounts.<br />

e.g. a 3-Star hotel.<br />

General Objective 3: Understand principles of double entry.<br />

4 3.1 Explain the principles of double entry.<br />

3.2 Make correct entries in the<br />

ledger as it affects the debit<br />

and credit aspects of a<br />

(i) Explain the<br />

principles of double<br />

entry.<br />

(ii) Illustrate posting of<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

1. Demonstrate their<br />

understanding of<br />

principles of<br />

double entry.<br />

1.Guide<br />

students in<br />

posting<br />

transactions<br />

Flipchart<br />

transaction.<br />

transactions into<br />

accounts in the<br />

ledger.<br />

2. Post various<br />

business<br />

transactions into<br />

accounts in the<br />

ledger.<br />

into various<br />

accounts.<br />

2. Organise<br />

students to make<br />

classroom<br />

Overhead projector<br />

Transparencies.<br />

presentations in<br />

groups e.g. one<br />

group sales, one<br />

group purchases.<br />

General Objective 4: Know books of original entry.<br />

5<br />

4.1 Define books of original entry.<br />

4.2 Name and explain the books of original<br />

(e.g. cash book, sales day book, purchases<br />

day book, return inwards and outwards<br />

books, journal, petty cash book and the<br />

imprest system).<br />

4.3 Explain the uses of the various books.<br />

(i) Define source<br />

documents.<br />

(ii) Explain the books<br />

of original<br />

entry and how<br />

transactions are<br />

recorded in them.<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

1. Record<br />

transactions into<br />

book of original<br />

entry.<br />

2. Post into the<br />

accounts in the<br />

ledger.<br />

3. Balance the<br />

Illustrate with<br />

sample transactions<br />

entries from books<br />

of original entry to<br />

the ledger using a<br />

computer<br />

spreadsheet<br />

Overhead projector<br />

Transparences.<br />

Pre-printed source<br />

documents.<br />

Computer spreadsheet<br />

application<br />

149


6 4.4 Make accounting entries in the various<br />

books.<br />

General Objective 5: Know the use of ledger.<br />

accounts in the<br />

ledger.<br />

4. Extract trial<br />

balance.<br />

Explain the effect of<br />

such entries on the<br />

trial balance.<br />

7<br />

5.1 Define a ledger.<br />

(i) State the various<br />

Overhead<br />

Ability to carry out simple<br />

Give interactive<br />

Kalamazoo<br />

5.2 Explain the uses of the ledger and its<br />

types of ledger.<br />

projector<br />

postings into and out of the<br />

quizzes to test the<br />

Interactive Quizes<br />

importance.<br />

(ii) Explain the uses<br />

ledgers<br />

understanding of the<br />

downloaded from<br />

and importance of<br />

topic.<br />

Internet .<br />

8<br />

5.3 Post properly to accounts in a ledger and<br />

ledger and how to<br />

carry down periodic balances.<br />

post to the<br />

5.4 Explain the end use of ledger<br />

accounts in the<br />

balance.<br />

ledger<br />

(iii) Illustrate how to<br />

balance accounts<br />

to form a trial<br />

balance.<br />

General Objective 6: Know trial balance.<br />

9 6.1 Define a trial balance.<br />

(i) Explain the uses of<br />

Overhead<br />

Able to extract a trial balance.<br />

Directing students to<br />

Computer<br />

6.2 State the need for a trial balance and its<br />

and how to<br />

projector<br />

extract trial balance<br />

spreadsheet<br />

use.<br />

extract a trial<br />

Worked examples<br />

using a spreadsheet<br />

application<br />

6.3 Explain how a trial balance is extracted.<br />

balance.<br />

6.4 Extract through practice the trial balance<br />

(ii) Illustrate with<br />

of a transaction, at the end of a period.<br />

examples how to<br />

extract a trial<br />

balance.<br />

General Objective 7: Know how errors are identified.<br />

10 7.1 Explain how errors may be identified.<br />

7.2 Categorize the common occurrence of<br />

accounting errors.<br />

(i) Explain how errors<br />

can be identified<br />

and corrected.<br />

1. Identify sources<br />

of accounting<br />

errors.<br />

Show the uses<br />

of the Journals.<br />

Students directed to<br />

T-accounts<br />

downloaded from<br />

Internet trial<br />

150


7.3 Identify errors in accounting.<br />

(ii) State effect of<br />

work in groups to<br />

balance competed<br />

7.4 Correct such errors that are identified in an<br />

errors on the<br />

2. Correct errors<br />

work on exercise to<br />

on spreadsheet.<br />

account by use of journal entries.<br />

financial<br />

using journal.<br />

correct a trial<br />

statements.<br />

balance.<br />

General Objective 8: Know the uses of journal.<br />

11 8.1 Define Journal.<br />

(i) Explain and<br />

Overhead<br />

Able to post journal entries in<br />

Students directed to<br />

flipchart<br />

8.2 Explain the use and the importance of<br />

demonstrate the use<br />

projector<br />

books of account<br />

work in groups to<br />

journal vouchers.<br />

and importance of<br />

Worked examples<br />

present on the<br />

8.3 Explain the use of a journal in relation to<br />

the journal.<br />

practical uses of the<br />

transactions which do not involve cash<br />

journal in a one trip,<br />

payments or cash receipts.<br />

three, four and five<br />

8.4 Make various journal entries.<br />

star hotel.<br />

General Objective 9: Understand bank reconciliation statements.<br />

12 9.1 Define a bank reconciliation statement.<br />

9.2 Explain the need for a reconciliation.<br />

9.3 Carry out a bank reconciliation, of a given<br />

cash account and bank account.<br />

(i) Explain what bank<br />

reconciliation is<br />

and why it is<br />

necessary to prepare<br />

it.<br />

(ii) Illustrate the<br />

preparation of bank<br />

reconciliation<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

1. Carryout a bank<br />

reconciliation of a<br />

given cash and<br />

bank account.<br />

Direct the<br />

students to carry<br />

out a bank<br />

reconciliation<br />

exercise and<br />

graphically<br />

produce the<br />

statement.<br />

Sample blank<br />

bank<br />

statements.<br />

Pro-form a in<br />

computer.<br />

statements.<br />

General Objective 10: Know depreciation.<br />

13 10.1 Define depreciation.<br />

10.2 Explain the necessity for periodic<br />

depreciation.<br />

10.3 Determine the depreciation of assets of a<br />

business for a relevant period.<br />

10.4 Trace depreciation entries in accounting<br />

(i) Define depreciation<br />

and explain the<br />

various methods<br />

used.<br />

(ii) Calculate<br />

depreciation using<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

Compute depreciation<br />

using straight line and<br />

reducing balance method<br />

either manually or with<br />

the aid of computer.<br />

Students directed to<br />

compute hard asset<br />

depreciation using a<br />

case study.<br />

Computer<br />

packages.<br />

Projector<br />

Transparencies.<br />

to its final stage.<br />

straight line method<br />

151


and reducing<br />

Spreadsheets<br />

balance method.<br />

(iii) Show how<br />

depreciation should<br />

appear in the books<br />

of accounts.<br />

General Objective 11: Understand accrual and prepayment.<br />

14 11.1 Define accruals and<br />

prepayments.<br />

11.2 Explain the accounting treatment of<br />

accruals<br />

and prepayments.<br />

(i) Define accruals,<br />

prepayments and<br />

explain their<br />

accounting<br />

treatment.<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

1. Ascertain<br />

accurate and<br />

prepayments<br />

using examples<br />

such as rent<br />

electricity,<br />

Demonstrate the<br />

calculation of<br />

accurate and<br />

prepayments<br />

using various<br />

examples.<br />

Spreadsheet.<br />

insurance etc.<br />

2. Calculate<br />

accruals and<br />

prepayments.<br />

General Objective 12: Know final accounts.<br />

15 12.1 Explain the meaning of<br />

final accounts.<br />

12.2 Describe the stages in the preparation of<br />

final accounts.<br />

(i) Explain the meaning<br />

of final accounts.<br />

(ii) Illustrate the<br />

preparation of final<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

1. Prepare<br />

adjustments to<br />

reflect the<br />

corrected errors,<br />

Direct students to<br />

prepare an ETB<br />

using a case study.<br />

ETB produced<br />

using<br />

computer<br />

spreadsheet.<br />

12.3 Extract a single final account of a sole<br />

accounts.<br />

depreciation,<br />

Direct students to<br />

trader (Trading Profit and Loss Account<br />

and the Balance Sheet).<br />

accrual and<br />

prepayments in<br />

the final accounts<br />

of a sole trader.<br />

prepare P-L and<br />

balance sheet from<br />

ETB produced<br />

above.<br />

Final accounts<br />

produced on<br />

spreadsheet.<br />

2. Prepare Trading and<br />

Profit and loss<br />

152


account and balance<br />

sheet.<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework<br />

Course test<br />

25%<br />

%<br />

Suggested reading<br />

Owen G (1998) Accounting for Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure, 2nd ed. , Harlow: Longman<br />

Practical<br />

25%<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio) 50%<br />

153


Department/ Programme: : HOSPITALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT (NATIONAL DIPLOMA)<br />

Course Code:<br />

HMT 236<br />

Credit Hours: 4<br />

Subject/Course: HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 2 Semester: Pre-requisite: Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the student should be able to:<br />

1.0 Understand the nature of the hospitality Industry<br />

2.0 Understand the organizational set up of the hotel industry<br />

3.0 Organograme of a hotel<br />

4.0 Know the importance of health and safety at work<br />

5.0 Understand accident prevention in the hospitality Industry task procedures<br />

154


Course: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN <strong>TOURISM</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

Course<br />

HMT 236<br />

Contact Hours 4<br />

Credit Hours 4<br />

Course: HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Week<br />

/s<br />

1<br />

2<br />

Year: 1 Semester: 1 Pre-requisite: Practical: 2 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0 Understand the nature of the hospitality Industry<br />

Define hospitality industry<br />

Describe the varieties of hospitality industry:<br />

Hotels and restaurants (e.g. Hotels, restaurants, clubs, motel, (etc)<br />

Welfare and industrial catering (e.g. hospitals, nursing homes,<br />

residential establishment e.g. schools and colleges, halls of residence<br />

(etc)<br />

Transport catering (e.g. railways, motorways, airlines, ferries cruise<br />

ship etc.<br />

Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Explain hospitality industry Textbooks Know the meaning of<br />

Explain the component of<br />

hospitality (i.e. International<br />

restaurant, welfare and<br />

industries catering e g<br />

hospitals, Nursing home etc<br />

General Objective 2.0 Understand the organizational set up of the hotel industry<br />

Hand outs<br />

hospitality industry the<br />

ability to explain all<br />

the categories of the<br />

hospitality industry<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

*Arrange<br />

reading<br />

*Ask students<br />

to summarise<br />

the varieties of<br />

types of<br />

hospitality<br />

industry<br />

* Take Students<br />

to the various<br />

types of hotels,<br />

restaurant and<br />

recreational<br />

centres<br />

Resources<br />

Textbook<br />

Handout on<br />

the nature of<br />

hospitality<br />

industry<br />

Vehicle<br />

155


3<br />

Specific Learning Objective<br />

2.1 Define the term organization<br />

2.2 Itemize hotel departments:<br />

Front office<br />

Housekeeping<br />

Food and beverage<br />

Maintenance<br />

List and explain the<br />

departments in a hotel<br />

Textbooks<br />

Charts<br />

Know the term<br />

organization the<br />

ability to enumerate<br />

the various<br />

departments in a hotel<br />

Give<br />

assignment of<br />

any<br />

organization of<br />

and supervise<br />

the task<br />

Textbooks<br />

printer<br />

materials or<br />

journals<br />

vehicle<br />

Accounting<br />

Administration<br />

Visit a five star<br />

hotel and go<br />

through the<br />

various<br />

Department<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 3.0 Organograme of a hotel<br />

4<br />

Specific Learning Objective<br />

3.1 Draw an organizational charts of:<br />

Small hotel<br />

textbooks<br />

*The organizational of<br />

charts of a hotel<br />

*Know the<br />

Ask students to<br />

draw an<br />

organizational<br />

Textbook<br />

Handout<br />

Medium hotel<br />

organizational<br />

chart of a hotel<br />

5<br />

Large hotel<br />

structure of small and<br />

* students to<br />

Differentiate between the organizational structure of small<br />

a large hotel<br />

compare an<br />

and large hotels<br />

organizational<br />

structure of<br />

small and large<br />

hotel of a given<br />

work<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

General Objective 4.0 Know the importance of health and safety at work<br />

Explain the basic principles of occupational hygiene Take the students<br />

Specify the rules of using chemicals through safe<br />

Know the safety regulations procedures in the<br />

Describe the responsibility of the employers hospitality Industry.<br />

Fast track<br />

Food safety<br />

Videos<br />

*The principles of<br />

occupational hygiene<br />

*:List the rule of using<br />

chemicals.<br />

*Let student<br />

demonstrate the<br />

safety<br />

procedures in<br />

Textbooks<br />

Handouts<br />

Red Cross<br />

manual<br />

156


Explain the provision and use of work equipment.<br />

* Know the<br />

the hospitality<br />

9<br />

responsibility of the<br />

industry<br />

employers<br />

*Ask Students<br />

*Know the use of<br />

to summarise<br />

work equipment.<br />

the key points<br />

of health and<br />

safety at work<br />

*Demonstrate<br />

issue pf<br />

different<br />

chronicles for<br />

cleaning<br />

WEEK<br />

General Objective 5.0 Understand accident prevention in the hospitality Industry task procedures<br />

13<br />

Specific Learning Objective<br />

6.1 Know the use of first aid equipments<br />

Arrange for fire fighting<br />

procedure and prevention.<br />

Explain five precaution<br />

Textbooks<br />

Handouts and<br />

printed<br />

materials on<br />

Know the simple<br />

procedure on first and<br />

unsafe understand fire<br />

prevention.<br />

Demonstrate a<br />

single incident<br />

of first aid.<br />

Ask student to<br />

First aid<br />

Box, Five<br />

extinguisher<br />

Textbook<br />

14<br />

6.2 Explain fire precaution<br />

Discuss the methods of<br />

first, aid and<br />

Know the methods of<br />

explain the key<br />

extinguish fire<br />

fire<br />

extinguishing five<br />

points on five<br />

extinguishers<br />

preventions and<br />

15<br />

6.3 Describe the methods of extinguishing a fire<br />

five<br />

extinguisher<br />

Assessment: Give details of assignments to be used: Coursework/ Assignments 50 %; Projects 50 %; Examination 50%<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

157


Course Code:<br />

Credit Hours: 2<br />

Department/ Programme: : HOSPITALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT (NATIONAL DIPLOMA)<br />

HMT 245<br />

Subject/Course: Business accounting for hospitality and tourism Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 2 Pre-requisite: Practical: 0 hours /week<br />

General Objectives: On completion of this course, the student should be able to:<br />

1.0 Know how to prepare final accounts from relevant books of entries<br />

2.0 Understand bank reconciliation statement<br />

3.0 Understanding basic accounting procedures for hospitality establishments and travel agencies<br />

4.0 Know difficult problems in financial accounting<br />

5.0 Know financial reporting<br />

6.0 Understand the profit and loss account<br />

7.0 Know the balance sheet<br />

8.0 Know cash flow statement<br />

158


Course: Business Accounting for Hospitality and<br />

Tourism<br />

Course Code: HMT 245 Credit Hours:<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week<br />

Year: Semester: Pre-requisite: Practical: 0 hours /week<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0 Know how to prepare final accounts from relevant books of entries<br />

Week/s Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s activities Resources Specific<br />

Learning<br />

Outcomes<br />

Teacher’s<br />

activities<br />

Resources<br />

1<br />

1.1 Explain principles of double entry, cheques, balancing an<br />

Lecture<br />

Textbooks and<br />

account and various ledges.<br />

writing board<br />

1.2 Record various revenue; accommodation, restaurant, bar,<br />

banqueting, laundry, rentals, recreational, telephone, fax, e-<br />

PC and printer<br />

mail, internet, room service charges, service charge, VAT<br />

etc.<br />

1.3 Record various expenditures in relation to the above revenue<br />

sectors including trade discount, overhead and capital<br />

expenses.<br />

2<br />

Week<br />

1.4 Prepare various cash books; cash, bank and discount, petty<br />

cash book, gusts-paid-out, cash receivables etc.<br />

1.5 Analyse purpose and structure of trial balance, depreciation<br />

of fix assets, trading, profit and loss accounts and balance<br />

sheet.<br />

General Objective 2.0 Understand bank reconciliation statement<br />

BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT<br />

3<br />

2.1 Explain the terms reconcile and bank reconciliation.<br />

159


2.2 Identify the reasons why differences arise in cashbook and<br />

bank statement.<br />

4<br />

Week<br />

2.3 Prepare the cashbook (bank column only), bank statement<br />

and bank reconciliation.<br />

2.4 Explain the following terms: (i) cheques (ii) unpresented and<br />

uncredited cheques (iii) bank charges (iv) dishonoured<br />

cheques (v) direct payment (vi) bank standing orders and<br />

drafts.<br />

General Objective 3.0 Understanding basic accounting procedures for hospitality establishments and travel agencies<br />

BASIC ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES FOR HOSPITALITY<br />

ESTABLISHMENTS<br />

5<br />

3.1 Explain transaction associated with hospitality establishments<br />

and travel agencies, illustrating the accounting circles (i.e.<br />

journalizing, ledger etc).<br />

3.2 Compute with the use of special journals and ledgers<br />

reporting of products and services (cost of goods and services<br />

sold concepts).<br />

6<br />

Week<br />

3.3 Valuate inventory (illustrating FIFO, LIFO weighted average<br />

and moving average methods).<br />

3.4 Differentiate between perpetual and periodic inventory<br />

systems.<br />

3.5 Prepare final financial statement for a hospitality<br />

establishment (i.e. trading, profit and loss accounts).<br />

General Objective 4.0 Know difficult problems in financial accounting<br />

PROBLEMS IN FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING<br />

7<br />

4.1 Identify the management’s role in planning cash flows.<br />

4.2 Analyse the control and reporting system of petty cash<br />

160


transactions.<br />

4.3 Explain different methods of internal control system related<br />

to the hotel and catering industry with special emphasis on<br />

cash receipts, cash disbursement and sales in the food,<br />

beverage, room areas and other income outlets.<br />

8<br />

Week<br />

4.4 Illustrate the concepts in which hospitality financial analysis<br />

can be computerized (partially and fully).<br />

General Objective 5.0 Know financial reporting<br />

9 5.1 Discuss the importance of financial reporting.<br />

5.2 Identify the end users of these reports or statements.<br />

5.3 Describe the different financial statements used in hospitality<br />

operations:<br />

• Profit and loss account<br />

• Balance sheet<br />

• Cash flow statement.<br />

5.4 Define the different elements that constitute the financial<br />

statements in 5.3 above<br />

5.5 Explain the use of spreadsheets for reporting.<br />

Lecture<br />

Hand out coursework<br />

Photocopies of<br />

each of these<br />

financial<br />

statements as<br />

used in large<br />

companies<br />

Week<br />

General Objectives: 6.0 Understand the profit and loss account<br />

10<br />

6.1 Explain the importance of profit to a business.<br />

Demonstration<br />

Case<br />

material<br />

Class exercise, manual or with<br />

for<br />

these<br />

11<br />

6.2 Prepare a simple profit and loss account from a completed<br />

the use of spreadsheets<br />

exercise<br />

trial balance.<br />

Week<br />

General Objectives: 7.0 Know the balance sheet<br />

161


12<br />

7.1 Explain the position of the balance sheet as a statement of the<br />

Introduce students to the<br />

Newspaper and<br />

business position at a specific date.<br />

existence of fraud and creative<br />

magazine<br />

7.2 Examine the disadvantage of this financial statement.<br />

accounting. Give examples:<br />

articles<br />

Enron, Worldcom, Arthur,<br />

7.3 Prepare a simple balance sheet.<br />

Anderson, etc.<br />

7.4 Explain simple balance day adjustment to the balance sheet<br />

Demonstration, class exercises:<br />

Case<br />

material<br />

13<br />

- prepayments to revenue<br />

manual or with the use of<br />

for<br />

these<br />

- accured expenses to revenue<br />

spreadsheets<br />

exercise<br />

- depreciation<br />

Week<br />

General Objectives: 8.0 Know cash flow statement<br />

14<br />

8.1 Explain the importance of a healthy cash flow statement for<br />

the survival of a business.<br />

8.2 Identify the different sources and uses of cash in business<br />

activities:<br />

• Operations<br />

• Returns on investment<br />

• Taxation<br />

• Capital expenditure<br />

• Financial activities<br />

15<br />

8.3 Prepare simple cash flow statements from a number of<br />

different transactions<br />

Assessment:<br />

Give details of assignments to be used:<br />

Coursework/ Assignments %; Course test %; Practical %; Projects %; Examination %<br />

Recommended Textbooks & References:<br />

162


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA<br />

IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

Code: ACC 121<br />

Credit Hours:<br />

4.0<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Course: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTS II Pre-requisite: ACC 111<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 25%<br />

Semester: SECO<strong>ND</strong> SEMESTER<br />

Practical: 3 hours/week - 75%<br />

Goal: This course is designed to enable the student understand the application of accounting principles to specific business transactions.<br />

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:<br />

On completion of this module the students should be able to:<br />

1.0 Understand Control Accounts.<br />

2.0 Know the different methods for the collection of data for Final Accounts from incomplete records.<br />

3.0 Understand manufacturing accounts and Trading Accounts.<br />

4.0 Understand the accounts of non-trading organization.<br />

5.0 Understand Partnership Accounts.<br />

6.0 Understand the preparation of simple Company’s Final Accounts.<br />

163


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA<br />

Code: ACC 121<br />

Credit Hours: 4.0 hours<br />

IN LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Course: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTS II Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 25%<br />

Semester SECO<strong>ND</strong> SEMESTER<br />

Practical: 3 hours/week - 75%<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Week<br />

General Objective 1: Understand Control Accounts.<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s<br />

Activities<br />

Resources<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1.1 Define Control Accounts.<br />

1.2 Explain the need and uses of<br />

control accounts in a<br />

business enterprise.<br />

(i) Explain Debtors<br />

and Creditors<br />

control/accounts.<br />

(ii) Prepare Control<br />

Accounts and state<br />

their uses.<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

1. Demonstrate the<br />

need for control<br />

account in<br />

business<br />

enterprises.<br />

2. Prepare final<br />

accounts of<br />

enterprise from<br />

incomplete<br />

records.<br />

General Objective 2: Know the different methods for the collection of data for Final Accounts from incomplete records.<br />

3 2.1 Explain the term incomplete records as<br />

distinct from complete records.<br />

(i) Describe<br />

incomplete records.<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

1. Demonstrate the<br />

need for control<br />

State the uses of<br />

control account.<br />

Students to carry out<br />

preparation of final<br />

account from<br />

incomplete records<br />

manual or<br />

electronically using<br />

a case study<br />

exercise.<br />

State the uses of<br />

control account.<br />

Accounting<br />

packages.<br />

Spreadsheets.<br />

Accounting<br />

packages.<br />

164


2.2 State and explain the different methods of<br />

collecting date for the preparation of final<br />

accounts from incomplete records.<br />

(ii) Differentiate single<br />

Entry bookkeeping<br />

from incomplete<br />

Worked examples account in<br />

business<br />

enterprises.<br />

Students to carry out<br />

preparation of final<br />

Spreadsheets.<br />

4<br />

2.3 Prepare the final account of an enterprises<br />

from incomplete records.<br />

records.<br />

(iii) Explain causes of<br />

incomplete<br />

records.<br />

(iv) Prepare final<br />

accounts from<br />

2. Prepare final<br />

accounts of<br />

enterprise from<br />

incomplete<br />

records<br />

account from<br />

incomplete records<br />

manually or<br />

electronically using<br />

a case study<br />

exercise.<br />

incomplete records.<br />

General Objective 3: Understand manufacturing accounts and Trading Accounts.<br />

5<br />

3.1 Distinguish between<br />

(i) Explain<br />

Overhead<br />

1. Determine prime<br />

Display graphically<br />

Spreadsheets<br />

manufacturing account and<br />

manufacturing<br />

projector<br />

cost overhead.<br />

preparation of final<br />

trading account.<br />

account and<br />

Worked examples<br />

accounts of a<br />

Accounting<br />

3.2 Explain the details that will appear<br />

its components.<br />

2. Produce a format<br />

manufac-<br />

packages.<br />

In such account.<br />

(ii) Illustrate with<br />

for a manufacturing<br />

turing enterprise<br />

examples the<br />

account.<br />

manually or<br />

Flipchart.<br />

6<br />

3.3 Prepare a manufacturing account<br />

preparation of final<br />

electronically.<br />

format.<br />

accounts of a<br />

Case study exercise.<br />

P3.4 Prepare simple account of<br />

manufacturing<br />

manufacturers, valuation of<br />

enterprise.<br />

stock and work in progress<br />

of such organizations.<br />

General Objective 4: Understand the accounts of non-trading organizations.<br />

7<br />

4.1 Explain a receipts and payments account.<br />

4.2 Prepare a simple receipts and payments<br />

account.<br />

(i) Explain Receipt<br />

and Payment<br />

Accounts.<br />

(ii) Prepare the final<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

1. Prepare the<br />

accounts of<br />

mosques,<br />

churches and<br />

Direct students to<br />

prepare, using a<br />

computer<br />

spreadsheet, the<br />

Accounting<br />

packages.<br />

Spreadsheets.<br />

8<br />

4.3 Differentiate Income and expenditure<br />

account from a receipts and payments<br />

accounts of a nontrading<br />

clubs.<br />

accounts of nonprofit<br />

making<br />

Flipcharts.<br />

165


accounts.<br />

organization.<br />

organizations using<br />

(iii) Compare the final<br />

a case study<br />

4.4 Prepare an income and expenditure<br />

accounts of non<br />

exercise.<br />

9<br />

account from a receipts and payment<br />

trading<br />

accounts.<br />

organization with<br />

4.5 Distinguish between the records of a sole<br />

that of a sole<br />

proprietor and that of non-trading<br />

proprietor.<br />

organization.<br />

4.6 Prepare the accounts of non-trading<br />

organization.<br />

General Objective 5: Understand Partnership Accounts.<br />

10<br />

5.1 Explain the relationship that can<br />

appropriately be described as a<br />

partnership.<br />

5.2 Explain the nature of partnership<br />

agreement.<br />

5.3 Interpret the law relating to the partnership<br />

business.<br />

(i) Explain the law<br />

relating to<br />

partnership, its<br />

formation and<br />

accounting<br />

procedures.<br />

(ii) Illustrate the<br />

preparation of<br />

Overhead<br />

projector<br />

Worked examples<br />

1. Prepare<br />

partnership final<br />

accounts<br />

reflecting<br />

partners salaries<br />

interest on capital<br />

drawings and<br />

share of profit.<br />

Direct and<br />

observe the<br />

students<br />

preparing final<br />

accounts of a<br />

partnership<br />

using a case<br />

study example.<br />

Spreadsheets<br />

Accounting<br />

packages.<br />

11<br />

5.4 Determine each partner’s share in the<br />

partner’s<br />

relationship through the preparation of<br />

profit and loss<br />

partnership profit and loss appropriation<br />

appropriation<br />

accounts at the end of each financial year.<br />

account, current<br />

5.5 Compute and make correct ledger entries<br />

accounts, capital<br />

relating to the interest due to the partners<br />

accounts and<br />

on their drawings.<br />

balance sheet.<br />

5.6 Explain why interest should be allowed<br />

either on the partner’s capital or drawing<br />

balances.<br />

5.7 Explain the differences in<br />

166


12 approach between<br />

accounting for a partnership<br />

where the partners capitals<br />

are fixed and where they are<br />

not.<br />

General Objective 6: Understand the preparation of simple company’s final accounts.<br />

13<br />

6.1 Prepare appropriation account of a<br />

Limited Liability company.<br />

(i) Explain the<br />

preparation of the<br />

14<br />

6.2 Distinguish the appropriation account of a<br />

Limited Liability Company from that of<br />

partnership.<br />

appropriation<br />

account and<br />

Balance Sheet of a<br />

Limited Liability<br />

15<br />

6.3 Prepare a simple Balance Sheet of a<br />

Limited Liability Company.<br />

Company.<br />

(ii) Prepare the<br />

appropriation<br />

account and<br />

Balance Sheet of a<br />

Limited<br />

Liability Company.<br />

`<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework<br />

Course test<br />

25%<br />

%<br />

1. Prepare the final<br />

accounts of<br />

companies.<br />

Practical<br />

25%<br />

Direct and observe Spreadsheets<br />

the students<br />

preparing the final Accounting<br />

accounts of Limited packages.<br />

Liability<br />

Companies. Flipcharts.<br />

Sample companies<br />

audited accounts.<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio) 50%<br />

Suggested reading<br />

Owen G (1998) Accounting for Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure, 2nd ed. , Harlow: Longman<br />

167


PROGRAMME: <strong>ND</strong>LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

Code: BAM 114 Credit Hours: 3<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Course: PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week - 67%<br />

Semester: ONE<br />

Practical: 1 hours/week - 33%<br />

Course main Aim/Goal<br />

The course is designed to provide the student with an introduction to the basic principles of Economics.<br />

General Objectives:<br />

On completion of the course, the student be able to:<br />

1. Know the scope of economics<br />

2 Understand the price theory<br />

3. Understand the theory of production<br />

4. Know the factors affecting the location and regulation of industries.<br />

168


PROGRAMME: <strong>ND</strong>LEISURE A<strong>ND</strong> <strong>TOURISM</strong><br />

Code: BAM 114 Credit Hours: 3<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

Course: PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week - 67%<br />

Semester: ONE<br />

Practical: 1 hours/week - 33%<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1: Know the scope of Economics<br />

Week<br />

Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning<br />

Teacher’s Activities<br />

Resources<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Outcomes<br />

1<br />

1.1 Define economics and the scope<br />

<br />

Explain the concept and<br />

Textbooks<br />

(i) Analyse basic<br />

(a) Guide students to analyse<br />

Internet and<br />

1.2 State the limitation of the definition<br />

scope of Economics.<br />

economics problems.<br />

basic economic problems and<br />

Relevant Websites<br />

1.3 Compare the views of the classical<br />

<br />

Explain the classical and<br />

the issue of scarcity of<br />

economist with the modern economists.<br />

modern economic<br />

resources etc.<br />

theories.<br />

Use simple case study to<br />

Simple case study<br />

1.4 Relate economics to the physical sciences<br />

<br />

Relate economics to the<br />

examine basic economic issues<br />

1.5 Relate economics to other social sciences<br />

physical and other social<br />

2<br />

sciences.<br />

General Objective 2: Understand the price theory<br />

3 2.1 Explain the concept of demand<br />

<br />

Explain the concepts of<br />

Textbooks<br />

(i) Solve problems<br />

(a) Guide students to solve<br />

Graph paper,<br />

2.2 Explain the concept of supply<br />

demand, supply<br />

Graph papers<br />

involving demand, supply,<br />

Mathematic sets.<br />

2.3 Explain the concept of price equilibrium<br />

and Price.<br />

Mathematical<br />

price equilibrium, utility and<br />

problems involving 2.8 and<br />

<br />

Explain how to solve<br />

sets<br />

price elasticity.<br />

Internet and<br />

169


2.4 Explain the concept of utility<br />

problems involving price<br />

2.9.<br />

Relevant Websites<br />

4<br />

2.5 Explain the uses of utility<br />

and income elasticity<br />

(ii) Solve problems<br />

2.6 Explain price elasticity<br />

2.7 Explain how to solve problems involving<br />

<br />

Conduct test.<br />

involving income elasticity.<br />

2.6<br />

(iii) Illustrate demand,<br />

supply, utility, elasticity and<br />

(b) Illustrate demand, supply,<br />

5<br />

2.8 Explain income elasticity<br />

2.9 Explain how to solve problems involving<br />

equilibrium with graphs.<br />

utility, elasticity and<br />

2.8<br />

equilibrium with graphs.<br />

General Objective 3: Understand the theory of production<br />

6<br />

3.1 Define production<br />

3.2 Identify the factors of production<br />

<br />

Explain production, its<br />

factors and their uses.<br />

Textbooks<br />

Graph papers<br />

(i) Solve problems (using<br />

graphs) involving perfect<br />

(a) Guide students to solve<br />

problems involving different<br />

Graph paper, maths<br />

sets etc.<br />

(a)<br />

(b)<br />

(c)<br />

Land<br />

Capital<br />

Labour<br />

<br />

<br />

Explain types of markets<br />

Describe different types<br />

of costs.<br />

competition, monophony,<br />

oligopoly, duopoly,<br />

monopoly and perfect<br />

market conditions,.<br />

(b) Guide students to solve<br />

Graph paper,<br />

Maths sets etc.<br />

(d)<br />

Entrepreneur<br />

<br />

Explain the law of<br />

diminishing return and<br />

competition.<br />

problems involving different<br />

cost behaviour.<br />

Internet and<br />

7<br />

3.3 Explain the uses of each in 3.2<br />

the law of variable<br />

(ii) Solve problems (using<br />

Relevant Websites<br />

3.4 Explain types of markets – perfect<br />

proportions.<br />

graph) involving total cost,<br />

(c) Solve problems (using<br />

competition, monopoly, oligopoly,<br />

duopoly, monophony and imperfect<br />

<br />

Explain profit<br />

maximization and the<br />

average cost, marginal<br />

cost/revenue.<br />

graph_ involving the laws of<br />

diminishing returns, variable<br />

competition.<br />

concept of equilibrium<br />

proportion, increasing and<br />

<br />

Give assignment.<br />

(iii) ) Solve problems<br />

decreasing returns. Price and<br />

8<br />

3.5 List production functions: Long and short<br />

(using graph_ involving<br />

output decisions under perfect<br />

run cost<br />

the laws of diminishing<br />

competition and monopoly.<br />

(a)<br />

Total cost<br />

returns, variable<br />

(b)<br />

Average cost<br />

proportion, increasing and<br />

(d) Solve problems involving<br />

(c)<br />

marginal cost/ revenue<br />

decreasing returns. Price<br />

profit maximization,<br />

170


and output decisions under<br />

equilibrium analysis etc.<br />

9<br />

3.6 Explain the law of diminishing returns<br />

perfect competition and<br />

monopoly.<br />

3.7 Explain the law of variable proportion,<br />

10<br />

increasing and decreasing returns, price and<br />

(iv) Solve problems<br />

output determination under conditions of<br />

involving profit<br />

perfect and imperfect competition and<br />

maximization, equilibrium<br />

monopoly.<br />

analysis etc.<br />

3.8 Explain profit maximization theory and<br />

equilibrium analysis; normal and<br />

11<br />

supernormal profits.<br />

General Objective 4: Know the factors affecting the location and regulation of industries<br />

12<br />

4.1 Explain what industry is<br />

4.2 Recognize the factors that influence the<br />

<br />

Explain industry and<br />

factors that influence its<br />

Textbooks<br />

(i) Visit local industries<br />

and determine factors that<br />

(a) Take students to local<br />

industries and govt. agencies<br />

Internet and Relevant<br />

Websites<br />

location of industry.<br />

location.<br />

determine their locations.<br />

to determine factors<br />

<br />

Explain mergers<br />

(ii) Visit relevant govt.<br />

determining their locations<br />

13<br />

4.3 Explain mergers and acquisitions<br />

and<br />

agencies and find out the<br />

and regulations.<br />

4.4 Explain restrictive industry practices.<br />

acquisitions.<br />

regulations guiding the<br />

<br />

Explain government<br />

operations of industry in<br />

(b) Guide students to<br />

4.5 Explain government/industry relationships.<br />

policies on location of<br />

your locality.<br />

analyse cases relating to<br />

14<br />

industry.<br />

(iii) Analyse cases relating<br />

mergers and acquisitions<br />

<br />

Explain government/<br />

to mergers and acquisitions<br />

consider the trend in the<br />

4.6 Explain government policies on location of<br />

industry<br />

consider the trend in the<br />

banking sector.<br />

industry.<br />

relationships<br />

banking sector.<br />

15<br />

<br />

Conduct test.<br />

<br />

171


ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Exams<br />

Continuous Assessment<br />

Practical<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio) %<br />

70%<br />

30%<br />

25%<br />

172


PROGRAMME: <strong>ND</strong> Office Technology<br />

and Management<br />

Code: GNS 201-202<br />

Credit Hours: 4 hours<br />

Course: Technical English II Pre-requisite<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week - 50%<br />

Semester: 3<br />

Technical English I Practical: 2 hours/week - 50%<br />

Course main Aim/Goal: This course is designed to consolidate the student’s competence in use of English Technical in business. At the end of this course the student should understand the key<br />

rules and techniques of English in a business environment.<br />

General Objectives:<br />

1.0 Review the rules of grammar.<br />

2.0 Know how to write good essay, reports, and articles.<br />

3.0 Comprehend the difference between denotative and connotative use of words.<br />

4.0 Understand the techniques of comprehension and summary writing.<br />

5.0 Understand registers.<br />

6.0 Understand the principles of correspondence.<br />

173


Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Week<br />

General Objective 1.0: Develop appropriate study skills using English Language.<br />

Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s<br />

Activities<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Resources<br />

1-2 1.1 Revise the concepts of phrase and clause. Define the terms phrase in and “Clause”<br />

and explain their various types.<br />

1.2 Revisit the definition of the sentence. Define the sentence and remind the<br />

various types.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Know how to write good essays, reports, and articles.<br />

3-5 2.1 List the different types of<br />

List and explain the different types, and<br />

essay and identify the<br />

features of each type of essay.<br />

features of each type.<br />

3-5- 2.2 Understand a report; its<br />

Define a report and list types.<br />

types, uses and<br />

Enumerate uses and characteristics of a<br />

characteristics.<br />

good report.<br />

Passages from<br />

relevant source<br />

books<br />

As in 1.1<br />

Model essays,<br />

literature, etc<br />

Handouts<br />

Model of good<br />

reports.<br />

Identify structural and functional<br />

phrases and clauses.<br />

Guide students in the<br />

identification.<br />

Phrases and clauses<br />

from relevant source<br />

books.<br />

Identify structural and functional Guide the students in Sentences from source<br />

sentences.<br />

the process.<br />

books.<br />

a. Generate relevant<br />

Assign topics and Handouts<br />

information on a<br />

evaluate students work.<br />

given topic.<br />

b. Draw up a good<br />

outline.<br />

c. Write a good essay<br />

on a given topic.<br />

Write a report. Evaluate the report. Handouts<br />

2.3 Appreciate the techniques for writing articles. Explain techniques for writing articles. Model essays and<br />

Write good articles for publication.<br />

Evaluate and analyze<br />

Newspapers<br />

articles.<br />

published essays..<br />

Journals<br />

Magazines<br />

Handouts<br />

General Objective 3.0 Comprehend the difference between denotative and connotative use of words.<br />

174


3.1 Understand the term denotation.. Explain the term denotation. Groups of synonyms<br />

a. Identify words used<br />

Compare denotative<br />

Groups of synonyms<br />

from source books.<br />

denotatively.<br />

and connotative usage<br />

from source books.<br />

6-7<br />

b. Use words<br />

in group of synonyms<br />

denotatively.<br />

eg woman, lady,<br />

female, client,<br />

customer, patient, fear,<br />

terror, dread, etc.<br />

3.2 Understand the term connotative. Explain the term connotation. As in 3.1 above. a. Identify words used<br />

Guide students and<br />

Handouts<br />

connotatively.<br />

evaluate their work.<br />

b. Use words<br />

connotatively.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand the techniques of comprehension and summary writing.<br />

4.1 Give contextual explanations to statement from a<br />

Explain the techniques answering<br />

Comprehension<br />

Answer questions on<br />

Guide and grade<br />

8-9<br />

text.<br />

questions on comprehension at a higher<br />

passages.<br />

comprehension passages at a higher<br />

students work.<br />

level of difficulty.<br />

level of difficulty.<br />

4.2. Understand summary writing<br />

Explain and illustrate summary writing,<br />

Passages from source<br />

Write, within a specified length, a<br />

Guide and evaluate<br />

types and steps in writing<br />

types, and steps in writing them.<br />

books.<br />

good summary of a given passage.<br />

students’ work.<br />

them.<br />

4.3 Identify colloquialism, slangs<br />

Explain and illustrate colloquialisms,<br />

Passages from<br />

State appropriate use of jargons. Guide students.<br />

and jargons.<br />

slangs and jargons.<br />

relevant sources.<br />

General Objective 5.0: Understand registers.<br />

5.1 Understand registers. Explain registers and factors influencing<br />

Passages from source<br />

a. Identify items of<br />

Guide and evaluate<br />

Textbooks, workbooks.<br />

them viz field, mode, tenor.<br />

books.<br />

register in a given<br />

students’ work.<br />

10<br />

passage.<br />

b. List items of register<br />

in a given passage.<br />

General Objective 6.0: Understand the principles of correspondence.<br />

175


11-15<br />

6.1 Recognise the different types of business letters. Describe and illustrate the different<br />

types of business letters eg applications<br />

enquiry, invitation, complaints, and their<br />

replies.<br />

Model business<br />

letters.<br />

6.2 Apply suitable language for business letters. Explain suitable language for specific<br />

types of business letter.<br />

Handouts Write business letters. Guide and grade<br />

students’ work.<br />

Handouts<br />

Example of generic<br />

business letters<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework<br />

Course test<br />

Practical<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio)<br />

%<br />

%<br />

%<br />

%<br />

30<br />

30<br />

40<br />

176


PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN QUANTITY SURVEYING<br />

Course: CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION Course Code: GNS 111 Contact Hours<br />

2HRS/WEEK<br />

Course Specification: Theoretical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0: Understand the Constitution of Nigeria<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources<br />

1-4 1.1 Explain the term constitution<br />

1.2 Distinguish the different types of constitution<br />

1.3 Highlight some provisions of an International Constitution<br />

1.4 Explain the effectiveness of International Constitution<br />

1.5 Explain the supremacy of the Nigerian Constitution to other laws with<br />

emphasis on the 1989 constitution<br />

1.6 Evaluate the main parts of the Nigeria Constitution<br />

1.7 Draft a constitution for an association<br />

1.8 Trace the historical development of the Nigerian Constitution<br />

1.9 Discuss the merits and demerits of each of the Nigerian constitutions<br />

1.10 Explain the concept of “rule of law”<br />

Ask the students:<br />

• what their understand by the term constitution<br />

and to distinguish the different rules of<br />

constitution known<br />

• to explain the effectiveness of International<br />

Constitution<br />

• to explain Nigerian Constitution to other laws.<br />

• To identify the main parts of the Nigerian<br />

Constitution.<br />

Chalkboard,<br />

duster<br />

General Objective: 2.0 Understand the federal system of government in Nigeria<br />

Assess to the students by given the assignment to draft a<br />

constitution for an association<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources<br />

5-7 2.1 Describe a federation<br />

2.2 Distinguish a federation from a confederation<br />

2.3 Outline the basis for the federal system in Nigeria<br />

2.4 Examine the evolution, structure and functions of the federal system in<br />

Nigeria.<br />

2.5 Analyse the relationships among the three tiers of government in Nigeria<br />

2.6 Evaluate the revenue allocation formula in operation in Nigeria<br />

2.7 Compare and contrast other federation with Nigeria11<br />

Ask the students:<br />

• to describe a federation and to differentiate<br />

between a federation and a confederation<br />

• to define the functions of the federal system in<br />

Nigeria and the relationship among the three tiers<br />

of government<br />

• to evaluate the revenue allocation formula<br />

operation in Nigeria<br />

• Chalk,<br />

blackboard, duster<br />

177


General Objective: 3.0 Know the constitutional rights and obligations of Nigerian citizens<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources<br />

8-9 3.1 Examine the significance of rights and obligations in Nigeria<br />

3.2 Assess government’s protection of fundamental rights as contained in the<br />

Nigerian constitution<br />

3.3 Evaluate the responsibilities and duties of Nigerian citizenships and the<br />

benefits for performing them<br />

3.4 Assess the responsibilities and duties of constituted authority to the people<br />

3.5 Evaluate the responsibilities and duties of government to the People<br />

General Objective: 3.0 Understand Citizenships<br />

• Ask the students to identify the responsibilities and duties<br />

of Nigerian citizenship<br />

• Chalk,<br />

blackboard, duster<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources<br />

10-<br />

12<br />

4.1 Discuss the significance of citizenship<br />

4.2 Analyse the principles and benefits of citizenship<br />

4.3 Explain the difference in the modes of acquiring citizenship<br />

4.4 Evaluate the merits and demerits of each type of citizenship<br />

4.5 Analyse the basis for the acquisition and withdrawal of Nigerian citizenship<br />

4.5 Examine the benefits derivable from Nigeria citizenship<br />

Ask the students:<br />

• to discuss and analyse the principles and benefits<br />

of citizenship<br />

• to analyse the basis for the acquisition and<br />

• Chalk,<br />

blackboard, duster<br />

withdrawal of Nigerian citizenship<br />

General Objective: 5.0 Fundamental objectives and directive principles of state policy in Nigeria<br />

Week Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources<br />

5.1 State the fundamental obligations of government as provided in the<br />

constitution<br />

5.2 Explain the general provisions of the fundamental objectives and directive<br />

principles of state policy<br />

5.3 Explain the political, economic, social and education policies of Nigeria<br />

5.4 Explain the directive principles and policy of the Nigerian government on<br />

culture, the mass media, national ethics and duties of the citizen<br />

5.5 Assess the conformity observance and application of the fundamental<br />

objectives and directive principles of state policy by governments and people<br />

of Nigeria.<br />

5.6 Recommend improvements on the provision conformity, observance and<br />

application of the fundamental objectives and directive principles of state<br />

policy<br />

• Ask the students to explain the directive principles and<br />

policy of the Nigerian<br />

• Government on cultures, the mass media, national ethnics<br />

and duties of the citizen<br />

• Chalk,<br />

blackboard, duster<br />

178


PROGRAMME: <strong>ND</strong> Office Technology<br />

and Management<br />

Code: GNS = OTM 101-102<br />

Credit Hours: 4 hours<br />

Course: Technical English I Pre-requisite O/L Credit in English<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week - 50%<br />

Semester: 1<br />

Practical: 2 hours/week - 50%<br />

Course main Aim/Goal: This course is designed to enable the student acquire the necessary language and communication skills which will enable him/her to use the English Language in a<br />

business environment and to know the techniques of correspondence.<br />

General Objectives:<br />

1.0 Develop appropriate study skills in English Language.<br />

2.0 Know the nature of language and the basic rules of grammar.<br />

3.0 Appreciate literary works in English.<br />

4.0 Understand the concept of communication.<br />

5.0 Know how to make oral and written presentations.<br />

6.0 Know the rules of comprehension and interpretation.<br />

179


PROGRAMME: Office Technology and<br />

Management<br />

Code: GNS 101-102<br />

Credit Hours: 4 hours<br />

Course: Technical English I Pre-requisite O/L Credit in English<br />

Theoretical: 2 hours/week - 50 %<br />

Semester: 1<br />

Practical: 2 hours/week - 50%<br />

Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Week<br />

General Objective 1.0: Develop appropriate study skills using English Language.<br />

Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s<br />

Activities<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Resources<br />

1-2 1.1 Understand the principles of good note taking<br />

and making techniques in English.<br />

Explain the necessity for acquiring good<br />

note-making/making techniques in<br />

English.<br />

-Flip charts<br />

-Felt pen<br />

-Textbooks<br />

-Workbooks<br />

Demonstrate good note-taking skill<br />

in English.<br />

Provide assignments on<br />

note taking.<br />

-Flip charts<br />

-Felt pen<br />

-Textbooks<br />

-Workbooks<br />

-Close-circuit TV<br />

1.2 Understand method of note taking/making<br />

English.<br />

Show methods of note-taking/making in<br />

English.<br />

Model notes<br />

List methods of note-taking/making<br />

in English.<br />

Provide sources of<br />

information on notetaking/making.<br />

-Library<br />

-Internet<br />

1.3 Identify sources of library information. Expose students to sources of library<br />

information in English.<br />

Library<br />

Dictionary, reference<br />

Classify sources of library<br />

information.<br />

Refer students to<br />

sources of library<br />

Sections of Library<br />

-Internet<br />

books, etc<br />

information.<br />

1.4 Identify information in the sources listed in<br />

Discuss with students how to locate the As in 1.3<br />

Locate information in the coerces Guide students in As in 1.3<br />

1.3.<br />

sources listed in1.3.<br />

listed in 1.3.<br />

locating the sources<br />

listed in 1.3.<br />

1.5 Identify good reading habits in English. Discuss the principles of good reading Class handouts -Apply good reading habits Set tasks and supervise -Newspapers<br />

180


habits. activities -Textbooks<br />

-Magazine<br />

- Selected Novels<br />

General Objective 2.0: Know the nature of language and the basic rules of grammar.<br />

3-6 2.1 List the characteristics of<br />

language.<br />

Explain the concept of language<br />

Textbooks<br />

Textbooks<br />

2.2 Appreciate the four<br />

language skills – speaking<br />

listening, writing, &<br />

reading.<br />

Discuss the four language skills. Handouts Role playing in the four language<br />

skills.<br />

Supervise the students’<br />

activities.<br />

Audio tapes<br />

Radio<br />

Video recorder<br />

Cd-rom<br />

2.3 Understand the functions of language. Explain the functions of language. As in 2.2 above. Discuss the functions in groups. As in 2.2 above. As in 2.2 above.<br />

2.4 List the uses of English Language in Nigeria. Explain the uses of English Language in<br />

Resource persons<br />

Role playing as researchers,<br />

Evaluate<br />

students’<br />

Nigeria eg as the language of Research,<br />

government, business, etc.<br />

from government,<br />

business, research,<br />

government officials, business, etc.<br />

activities.<br />

etc<br />

2.5 Understand grammar and parts of speech. Explain grammar and parts of speech. Handouts<br />

2.6 Understand the use of part of speech in<br />

Analyse the use of parts of speech in<br />

Demonstration<br />

Work on the assigned exercises. Provide exercise as<br />

Textbooks<br />

sentences.<br />

sentences.<br />

tapes.<br />

parts of speech.<br />

Workbooks and related<br />

materials.<br />

2.7 Identify common errors in the use of parts of<br />

Explain what constitute errors in the use<br />

Class handouts<br />

Correct common errors in the use of<br />

Provide<br />

passages<br />

Passages,<br />

speech.<br />

of parts of speech.<br />

parts of speech.<br />

containing<br />

common<br />

Extracts<br />

Examples<br />

errors in parts of<br />

speech.<br />

Speech’s<br />

2.8 Understand correct synthetic arrangement<br />

Demonstrate to students correct<br />

Handouts<br />

Construct sentences with correct<br />

Set activities and<br />

As in 2.7 above.<br />

and punctuation marks.<br />

synthetics arrangement and punctuation<br />

syntactic arrangement and<br />

provide feedback<br />

marks.<br />

Examples<br />

punctuation.<br />

2.9 Appreciate idioms, figures of speech, and<br />

Explain idioms, figures of speech and<br />

As in 2.7 above.<br />

Construct sentences to illustrate<br />

Set activities and<br />

As in 2.7 above.<br />

offices.<br />

affixes.<br />

idioms, figures of speech and<br />

provide feedback<br />

affixes.<br />

181


General Objective 3.0 Appreciate literacy works in English.<br />

Understand the meaning and stages of<br />

Define and trace the development of<br />

Literary materials.<br />

7-8<br />

development of literature.<br />

literature.<br />

Handouts<br />

Classify the literary game. Different between the literacy genres. Classical and modern<br />

Analyse the characteristics of<br />

Supervise the<br />

Class handouts<br />

literary works.<br />

different literacy genres.<br />

students activity.<br />

Selected literary<br />

examples<br />

Appreciate the terminology and functions of<br />

Explain the terminology and functions of<br />

As in 5.2 above Differentiate among the following –<br />

Evaluate students<br />

Role playing of the<br />

literature.<br />

literature such prose and fiction in terms<br />

of eg plot, setting, characterisation, etc.<br />

fiction, prose, plot, setting<br />

characterisation etc.<br />

activity.<br />

characters.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Understand the concept of communication.<br />

Define and outline the process<br />

Define and analyse the process of<br />

Textbooks, Charts,<br />

9<br />

of communication.<br />

communication.<br />

etc.<br />

List the purpose of communication. Analyse the purposes of communication As in 4.1 above.<br />

Differentiate between communication and language.<br />

Explain the relationship between<br />

As in 4.1 above.<br />

Identify barriers to effective<br />

Evaluate students work.<br />

Handouts<br />

communication and language.<br />

communication at various levels.<br />

10 Appreciate the impact of interference on<br />

Explain the impact of interference on<br />

Telephone receivers,<br />

Group discussion<br />

Module the students<br />

communication at various levels.<br />

communication at various levels eg<br />

Radio<br />

discussion.<br />

phonological, syntactic, etc.<br />

Television, etc.<br />

Role plays<br />

Appreciate code mixing, code<br />

Explain code mixing code switching and<br />

Class handouts<br />

switching, and dissonance in<br />

dissonance in communication.<br />

communication.<br />

Graphic examples<br />

General Objective 5.0: Know to make oral and written presentations.<br />

182


5.1 List the organs and functions of speech. Label and describe the functions of the<br />

Class handouts<br />

a. Label organs of<br />

Guide the students.<br />

14-15<br />

organs of speech.<br />

speech.<br />

b. Classify functions<br />

of organs of speech.<br />

5.2 List the phonemes of English. Explain the phonemes of English. Handouts Produce correctly each of the<br />

phonemes enumerated by the<br />

teacher.<br />

Guide the students.<br />

Handouts<br />

5.3 Appreciate the different sound contrast as<br />

Distinguish between the different sound<br />

Sound tracts eg<br />

Pronounce the different sound<br />

Evaluate students<br />

Oral and written<br />

demonstrated by the teacher.<br />

contrasts in the consonantal and vowel<br />

video, audio, etc<br />

contrasts in English Language.<br />

work.<br />

speeches.<br />

systems of English Language through<br />

correct pronunciation.<br />

5.4 Note the principles of effective speaking. Explain principles of effective speaking<br />

Handouts<br />

Give short speeches eg welcome<br />

Illustrate techniques<br />

viz, correct use of stress, rhythm, and<br />

address, stories, vote of thanks, etc.<br />

of effective speaking.<br />

intonation pattern.<br />

5.5 List the various types of correspondence. Explain and illustrate the various types<br />

Models of formal<br />

Write formal and informal letters,<br />

Evaluate students’<br />

of correspondence, eg letter, memo,<br />

and informal letters,<br />

memos and notices.<br />

work.<br />

notices, etc.<br />

memo, notices, etc.<br />

General Objective 6.0: Know the rules of comprehension and interpretation.<br />

6.1 Recognise the idea in a given passage as<br />

Explain the concept of main idea and<br />

Selected passages<br />

a. Identify main idea in<br />

Group work. Guide<br />

distinct from details.<br />

differentiate it from details.<br />

from relevant texts.<br />

a given passage.<br />

students in their<br />

Selected passages<br />

b. Distinguish between<br />

main idea and<br />

work.<br />

handouts<br />

details.<br />

183


6.2 Note the use of main idea in anticipating<br />

Explain the use of main idea in<br />

As in 6.1 above.<br />

Predict specific details from main<br />

Evaluate students<br />

details.<br />

anticipating specific details.<br />

idea.<br />

work.<br />

6.3 Appreciate the use of context dues in<br />

Explain how to use contest dues such as<br />

As in 6.2 above<br />

Draw conclusions from available<br />

Guide and evaluate<br />

comprehension.<br />

definitions, restatements, and examples<br />

to aid comprehension.<br />

information.<br />

students work.<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework<br />

Course test<br />

Practical<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio)<br />

%<br />

%<br />

%<br />

%<br />

30<br />

30<br />

60<br />

184


PROGRAMME: <strong>ND</strong> Office Technology and Management Code: OTM 221 Credit Unit: 8 hours<br />

Course: WebPage Design Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 17 %<br />

Semester: 4<br />

ICT I & ICT II Practical: 3 hours/week - 73 %<br />

Aim/Goal : This module is designed to enable students to understand the importance of designing webpages for modern offices<br />

General Objectives:<br />

1. Understand the principles of Web Page Design<br />

2. Introduce students to the use of a WebPage software application<br />

185


Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

Week<br />

General Objective 1: Understand the principles of Web Page Design<br />

Specific Learning<br />

Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s Activities Resources<br />

Outcomes<br />

1-6 State the importance of<br />

websites for businesses.<br />

Explain the different types of websites and<br />

information delivery using the Internet.<br />

Briefly explain the concepts of e-commerce<br />

and e-business, and the role of successful<br />

webpage production to achieve online<br />

business success and delivering information<br />

online.<br />

Hands-out<br />

Examples<br />

Explain differences, advantages and disadvantages between<br />

software available for the task (eg HTML editor/text editor &<br />

browser software).<br />

2 printers<br />

available per computer<br />

lab.<br />

Group students and produce a game where<br />

they select the right software for specific<br />

tasks.<br />

* MS Front Page<br />

application available in<br />

each computer<br />

Student group presentations explaining the<br />

reason why preferring a software for a<br />

specific task.<br />

186


Advantages of using software to<br />

create, link and format simple web<br />

pages.<br />

<br />

<br />

Identify and use of appropriate<br />

software correctly<br />

Find MS Front Page in the<br />

windows environment (when<br />

using Windows 98, 2000 or<br />

XP)<br />

General Objective 2: Introduce students to the use of a WebPage software applications<br />

7-15<br />

Identify methods for developing<br />

simple web pages.<br />

Explain the basic mechanism<br />

of web page formatting<br />

(HTML tags).<br />

Explain how to import/insert<br />

and image into a web page<br />

using the chosen software,<br />

and following copyrights.<br />

2 printers<br />

available per computer lab.<br />

* MS Word and DeskTop<br />

Publishing for Windows<br />

hand-out support material<br />

* Microsoft word and<br />

<br />

Import and paste text and<br />

Explain how to emphasise<br />

texts (bold, italic), and to set<br />

Desktop Publishing<br />

applications available in each<br />

187


image files<br />

Align page items<br />

Use of 3 different font sizes<br />

Change background colour<br />

Emphasise text<br />

Edit text<br />

Control text flow<br />

Alignment of page items to the<br />

left, right and centre<br />

the font size for specific text,<br />

following international and<br />

accessibility standards).<br />

Demonstrate how to set<br />

background colour and<br />

differences between<br />

background colour and<br />

background image (following<br />

international and accessibility<br />

standards).<br />

computer<br />

Explain the correct use and<br />

format of basic hypertext<br />

links. Show the correct use<br />

of external hyperlinks using<br />

http: and mailto:<br />

Explain the importance of<br />

testing that hyperlink<br />

function correctly.<br />

Show the effects pf editing<br />

HTML format code on the<br />

browser display.<br />

Explain the need to refresh<br />

or reload web pages after<br />

editing.<br />

Explain and demonstrate the<br />

main management techniques<br />

of file menu, open, save, save<br />

as, close).<br />

Explain the basic structure of<br />

basic structure of an HTML<br />

188


page.<br />

Show how to print from the<br />

chosen browser software<br />

using default print settings.<br />

Explain the importance of<br />

Meta tags to define content.<br />

Show how to select and<br />

publish a pre-designed web<br />

page.<br />

Group students and set tasks to produce a<br />

simple webpage for a fictitious business<br />

following standards, principles and<br />

guidelines.<br />

Use of E-mail hyperlinks<br />

Group students ask them to test their<br />

website development.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Link pages<br />

Insert external links<br />

Insert Email link<br />

Test links<br />

Insert link text<br />

Retain original data formatting<br />

Promote student discussions to reflect<br />

upon Dos and Dont’s when designing<br />

webpages for businesses.<br />

Produce in group a list of key guidelines<br />

for designing successful web pages.<br />

Hand-outs<br />

Guidelines<br />

Understand the document<br />

189


management techniques for the<br />

chosen software<br />

<br />

Create a new document<br />

State the importance of<br />

Explain the importance of applying<br />

Hand-outs<br />

<br />

Save document<br />

testing websites to follow<br />

different tests to assure international<br />

<br />

Print web pages<br />

international standards for<br />

standards in web design, usability and<br />

’Bobby’ URL<br />

<br />

Print html source code<br />

webpage design<br />

accessibility standards.<br />

<br />

Close document<br />

URLs explaining<br />

<br />

Publish web pages on local and<br />

latest guidelines<br />

public search engines<br />

and international<br />

web design<br />

standards,<br />

etc.(i.e.:<br />

http://www.w3.<br />

org/WAI/)<br />

Show ‘Bobby’ testing website for<br />

190


successful website design.<br />

Emphasise the importance of getting<br />

copyright permission when appropriate.<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework<br />

Course test<br />

Practical<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio) %<br />

%<br />

25<br />

%<br />

%<br />

25<br />

Project 50%<br />

191


PROGRAMME: <strong>ND</strong> Office Technology and Management Code: OTM 222 Credit Hours: 2 hours<br />

Course: Communication Skills<br />

Year: 2 Semester: 3<br />

Pre-requisite:<br />

Theoretical: 1 hours/week - 25 %<br />

Practical: 1 hours/week - 75 %<br />

Course main Aim/Goal: The module is designed to assist the student to interact positively with employers, colleagues, customers etc in the work environment.<br />

General Objectives:<br />

1.0 Know how to interact with people in the work environment.<br />

2.0 Know how to maintain a good image.<br />

3.0 Know how to maintain a good disposition/and maintain stability.<br />

4.0 Know how to develop listening skills.<br />

5.0 Know the rules & regulations guiding the profession (office ethics).<br />

6.0 Know office politics and when to apply them.<br />

192


Theoretical Content<br />

Practical Content<br />

General Objective 1.0: Know how to interact with people in the work environment<br />

Week<br />

Specific Learning Outcomes<br />

Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teacher’s Activities Resources<br />

1.1 Explain relationships in work<br />

- Explain relationships in<br />

Chalkboard<br />

Organize role<br />

Student guided role<br />

Films<br />

1-3<br />

environment.<br />

work environment.<br />

plays in the<br />

play activities<br />

Video<br />

Posters<br />

work<br />

Cassette, etc<br />

1.2 List various ways colleagues can be<br />

- Explain how workers<br />

environment<br />

Case-studies<br />

addressed in the office.<br />

can be addressed<br />

Graphics<br />

(established patterns).<br />

1.3 Deal with difficult persons.<br />

White-boards<br />

- Explain how to deal<br />

1.4 Evaluate interactions with colleagues, etc.<br />

with difficult persons.<br />

- Emphases the need to<br />

be pleasant and<br />

business like.<br />

- Emphasise the need to<br />

evaluate interaction<br />

with people.<br />

General Objective 2.0: Know how to maintain a good image.<br />

2.1 Maintain a good image.<br />

- Explain the importance<br />

Ditto<br />

Read, copy, write and transcribe<br />

Ditto<br />

Ditto<br />

4-5<br />

of the secretary’s image<br />

dictated passages.<br />

2.2Display a positive attitude in the office<br />

in an organisation.<br />

2.3 Dress appropriately.<br />

2.4 Be competent in the profession.<br />

- Explain the general<br />

attitudes to be displayed<br />

by the secretary.<br />

- Explain the importance<br />

193


of physical appearance.<br />

- Explain the importance<br />

of competency and<br />

intelligence in the<br />

profession.<br />

General Objective 3.0: Know how to maintain a good disposition.<br />

3.1 Maintain a pleasant working relationship<br />

- Explain why it is<br />

Ditto<br />

Demonstrate transcription and<br />

Demonstrate and assess<br />

Ditto<br />

6-7<br />

with people.<br />

necessary to maintain a<br />

proofreading techniques.<br />

student activities (role-<br />

pleasant working<br />

plays and case-studies).<br />

3.2 Display maturity when working under<br />

atmosphere.<br />

Shorthand laboratory<br />

stress, or within short notices.<br />

and typewriter and<br />

- Explain how to handle<br />

PCs<br />

3.3 Maintain a well integrated personality.<br />

tasks within short times.<br />

- Explain how to avoid<br />

unpleasant situations.<br />

General Objective 4.0: Know how to develop listening skills.<br />

4.1 Listen attentively.<br />

- Emphasise the need to<br />

Chalkboard<br />

4.1 Students listen to<br />

- Organise<br />

Audio tapes<br />

8-9<br />

listen attentively.<br />

radio and also<br />

films.<br />

Cassette tape<br />

4.2 Take notes when a speaker is speaking.<br />

Posters<br />

watch clips on<br />

Recorder/Player<br />

- Emphasise the need to<br />

attentive listening.<br />

- Play<br />

Video tapes<br />

4.3 Ask questions for clarification.<br />

take notes when the<br />

White-boards<br />

cassettes.<br />

Television<br />

speaker in speaking.<br />

VCR<br />

Reading materials<br />

- Guide student<br />

Reporters note<br />

- Emphasise the need to<br />

activities<br />

Book<br />

ask questions to clarify<br />

handouts<br />

Pens<br />

instructions.<br />

General Objective 5.0: Know the rules and regulations guiding the profession.<br />

5.1 Exhibit basic<br />

- Explain basic<br />

Films<br />

10-13<br />

courtesy as an<br />

courtesy as<br />

integral part of<br />

an integral<br />

Video CD<br />

194


work habits.<br />

part of work<br />

habit.<br />

Clips<br />

5.2 How to deal with both genders<br />

in the workplace (male and female)<br />

- Describe the<br />

Class handouts<br />

proper level<br />

5.3 How to maintain a<br />

and degree of<br />

proper degree of<br />

formality and<br />

formality and<br />

respect with<br />

respect with staff<br />

staff/visitors/colleagues<br />

and visitors.<br />

and supervisors<br />

5.4. Professional relationships: how<br />

- Role plays and case<br />

to recognise and deal with different<br />

type of harassments<br />

studies<br />

General Objective 6.0: Know the office politics and when to apply them.<br />

6.1 Explain office politics.<br />

- Explain office politics..<br />

14-15<br />

White board<br />

Show students organizational chart<br />

Student activities<br />

Organisational charts<br />

6.2 Explain the political structure of an office.<br />

- Give example of political structures.<br />

and explain the politics within it.<br />

recognizing<br />

Handouts<br />

organizational chart<br />

Handouts<br />

6.3 Explain the importance of political structures in a<br />

- Explain why it is<br />

working environment<br />

important to know the<br />

Group discussions<br />

organisational structure<br />

6.4 List beneficial office politics in the office.<br />

when dealing with<br />

people.<br />

- Point out office politics<br />

that can be useful to an office<br />

professional<br />

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA<br />

Coursework<br />

Course test<br />

Practical<br />

Other (Examination/project/portfolio<br />

30%<br />

%<br />

%<br />

70%<br />

195


LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR <strong>TOURISM</strong> PROGRAMME<br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong> STUDIO A<strong>ND</strong> RESERVATION AREA<br />

1. A Reservation Area With The Following:<br />

a) Computer P/c for reservation<br />

b) Rack system for keys<br />

c) Working/reception counter<br />

d) Chairs<br />

2. Large model maps of Nigeria showing:<br />

i) States and their capitals and local government headquarters<br />

ii) All major roads<br />

iii) All major rivers<br />

iv) Rail network<br />

v) All Airports and Aerodromes<br />

3. Large model maps of Nigeria showing:-<br />

i) All major cash and feed crops and where they are produced<br />

ii) All national parks and games reserves<br />

iii) All river basins and project areas<br />

iv) All museum locations<br />

v) All major and minor tribes (Area of Concentration of major and minor ethnic groups)<br />

vi) All major tourist attractions<br />

vii) All major mountains, hills, lakes, vegetation etc.<br />

viii) All major natural resources in Nigeria, locating where they are produced<br />

ix) All common shrines<br />

x) All cultural festivals locations<br />

196


4. Mannequin (Dommy) showing the Attire of male/female<br />

a) Hausa<br />

b) Yoruba<br />

c) Igbo<br />

d) Fulani<br />

e) The locality of the institution<br />

5. Hunting and musical implements of the locality<br />

6. Large relief model of Nigeria<br />

7. Large model of Africa showing all the game reserves and parks<br />

8. A mini ticketing office with machines, computer Pc and books recommended by EFTAN<br />

<strong>TOURISM</strong> VILLAGE<br />

The tourist village should typify an African village set up with traditional architectural model of the locality of the polytechnic. It should also contain models of traditional<br />

buildings of the different diverse tribes of the country, well equipped with recreational facilities a market square.<br />

The village should have the following displayed in it:<br />

1. Models of Nigerians in their diversity<br />

2. Jewelries, bangles, earrings, nose rings etc<br />

3. Nigerian potteries, Art works, ceramics and glass wares and traditional occupations of the locality.<br />

4. Native musical instruments.<br />

5. Tribal/Facial markings of different ethnic groups<br />

6. Cultural festivals in Nigeria being displayed on posters and paintings<br />

7. Models of stuffed specials of selected African wildlife e.g. Elephants, Lions, Zebra etc especially of the neighborhood.<br />

8. Trophies from Nigeria/African wildlife<br />

9. Display of international airline, shipping posters and tickets<br />

10. Large model of Africa showing all the game Reserves and Parks.<br />

197


Audio-Visual Room<br />

The audio visual room should contain the following:<br />

a) Video Recorder 2<br />

b) Slide projector 2<br />

c) Overhead projector 2<br />

d) Film projector 2<br />

e) Public address system 1<br />

f) Television set 2<br />

g) Video set 2<br />

h) VCD 2<br />

i) Cameras still 2<br />

j) Camera video 2<br />

k) Enlarger 2<br />

l) Photo dryer 2<br />

m) Photo cutter 5<br />

n) Tables for drawing 5<br />

o) Computer space with capacity for 10<br />

Students should housed in the village.<br />

p) None book items such as softwares video and VCD cassettes.<br />

198


KITCHEN EQUIPMENT<br />

Large Equipment for the Kitchen<br />

S/NO ITEM QUANTITY<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

9.<br />

10.<br />

11.<br />

12.<br />

13.<br />

Microwave oven<br />

Convention oven<br />

Stainless steel work table<br />

Open top ranges<br />

Solid top gas oven<br />

Oven double Decker<br />

Mixer (Hobart)<br />

Brat pan<br />

Boiling pans<br />

Ban Marie Hot Cupboard<br />

Hot cupboard<br />

Mixing machine<br />

Cold room<br />

2<br />

2<br />

10<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

S/NO ITEM QUANTITY<br />

14.<br />

15.<br />

16.<br />

17.<br />

18.<br />

19.<br />

20.<br />

Electric oven<br />

Pressure cooker steamer<br />

Deep freezer<br />

Salamander grill<br />

Weighing scales<br />

Large,medium &small<br />

(Platform)<br />

Sinks depends on the size of<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2 each<br />

2<br />

199


the kitchen<br />

Service Unit<br />

S/N ITEM QUANTITY<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

9.<br />

10.<br />

11.<br />

12.<br />

13.<br />

14.<br />

Dinner plates<br />

Joint fort<br />

Joint knife<br />

Dessert spoons<br />

Tea spoons<br />

Service tongs<br />

Service spoons<br />

Service trays<br />

Sweet bowls<br />

Ice cream bowls<br />

Plastic water jug<br />

Glass water jug<br />

Assorted wine<br />

glasses<br />

Wine trolley<br />

60<br />

60<br />

60<br />

60<br />

60<br />

30<br />

30<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

30<br />

30<br />

60<br />

5<br />

200


S/N ITEM QUANTITY<br />

15.<br />

16.<br />

17.<br />

18.<br />

19.<br />

20.<br />

21.<br />

22.<br />

23.<br />

24.<br />

Bread basket<br />

Ash tray<br />

Coffer cups/saucers<br />

Tea cups/saucers<br />

Tea set<br />

Wash hand bowls<br />

Soup plate<br />

Side plates<br />

Cereal plates<br />

Silver servers<br />

10<br />

10<br />

20<br />

60<br />

60<br />

10<br />

10<br />

60<br />

60<br />

60<br />

BED ROOM<br />

S/NO ITEM QUANTITY<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

1 Beds doubles, 2 Beds singles<br />

Mattresses<br />

Bed liner (sheets, pillow cases, under<br />

sheet, blanket<br />

Writing table and chair<br />

Dressing table and mirror<br />

Easy chair and central table<br />

T and set<br />

Air conditioner<br />

4<br />

4<br />

20<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

8<br />

201


9.<br />

10.<br />

Side lamps<br />

Window blinds<br />

10<br />

LOUNGE<br />

S/NO ITEM QUANTITY<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

9.<br />

Easy chairs (settee and 4 chairs)<br />

Center table<br />

Stool<br />

Book rack<br />

T and set<br />

Radio set<br />

Window blinds<br />

Floor rug<br />

Ash trays<br />

4<br />

12<br />

12<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

No depends on the size of the<br />

room<br />

Size depends on the room<br />

16<br />

202


S/NO ITEM QUANTITY<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

9.<br />

10.<br />

Water tank truck<br />

Fire pump (37 HP machine hose)<br />

Water tank<br />

Hand pump<br />

Five fighting kit<br />

Safety shoes<br />

Helmet<br />

Bino colors<br />

Siren<br />

Hand fire extinguishers<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

30<br />

30<br />

30<br />

2<br />

10<br />

203


RECOMME<strong>ND</strong>ED TEXT BOOK FOR <strong>TOURISM</strong> COURSES<br />

1. Bulcaar and Medlue (1991) Tourism, Past, Present and Future London: Heinemann<br />

2. Tourism: a Modern Synthesis by; Stephen J. Page, Paul Brunt and Jo Cornel<br />

3. Understanding – Tourism by Poof Medlik (Heinemann Past)<br />

4. Tourism – An Introduction by Ray Towel (1998)<br />

5. an Introduction to travel and Tourism by Pran Narth and Sushma Seth (1998)<br />

6. geography; of Transport and H Robinson and E.G. Bamford Macdonald and Evans London<br />

7. Economic of Transport S.K. Srivastiva S. Chand and Co. Ltd New Delhi<br />

8. The Elements of Transport by; Schumer Burtter Worth’s, London<br />

9. Transport for Tourism by Stephen page University of Sterling 1994<br />

10. Travel, Tourism and Hospitality Terms by Robert Harris and Joy Howard<br />

11. Principles of Hotel, Front Office Operation by Sue Baker, Pambradly, Jeremy Huyton<br />

12. Food and Beverage Service Bennis Lillicrap<br />

John Counsins and Robert Smith<br />

13. Theory of Catering, Ronald Kinton and Victor Caserani<br />

14. Travel and Tours (A marketing perspecive) by Chiedu Osnni<br />

Alcaose Global Sourcing International Ltd, Lagos<br />

15. A Guide to Travel Agency Management by; Lad: Ashipa Ashleab B;usiness Enterprises – Ibadan<br />

16. Travel and Tourism – The Road ahead in Africa by; John OL.faoseke 2001<br />

17. Goyang, G.A.N. The Organisation of Tourism in Nigeria<br />

18. The ABC of Travel and Tourism by John OL faoseke 2000<br />

19. World Tourism Organisation, Role and Structure of National Tourism Association, W10madrid 1977<br />

20. Introduction to Tourism, Jackson Ian<br />

21. Tourism – Public Policy, Hall and Jenkins<br />

22. Tourism Analysis – Smith, Stephen I.J.<br />

204


23. Tourism, Transportation and the Aviation Industry in Nigeria Ministry of Transport and Aviation 1980<br />

Edition<br />

24. Economics of Transport by; S.K. Srivastava S. chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi<br />

25. Geography; of Transport by H. Robinson and C.G. Bomform Macdonald by; Evans London<br />

26. The Elements of Transport by; L.A. Schumer Burtter Worths London<br />

27. Transport and Tourism, Page, Stephen J.<br />

28. IATA International travel and Tourism Training programme<br />

29. Information Technology for Travel and Tourism Inkpen G.<br />

30. Computer systems in the Hotel and Catering Industry Braham, B.<br />

31. Information Technology in Hospitality, Peakcock, Martin<br />

32. Managing Computers in the Hospitality, O’ Conner, Peter<br />

33. Information Technology and Tourism: A Challenging Relationship – By Werthner H; Klein S.<br />

34. Wildlife Tourism by Mrgra Shackley 1996<br />

35. Selling Destination (Geography for the Travel Professinal) Marc Mancini (Delmar Published)<br />

36. Business of Nature – Based Tourism, Milcercher, Bob<br />

37. Eco-tourism: a Sustainable Option: Cater<br />

38. Eco-tourism in the less developed world weaver, D.B.<br />

39. Travel Agency; Practice by; Horner. P.<br />

40. Travel and Hospitality;; on Line by; Holleman G.<br />

41. World Travel Dictionary English, Richard<br />

42. World Travel Wall Map, by Quinn, Brian<br />

43. World Travel Guide on CO-Rom by Hart, Mick<br />

44. Airfares Ticheting by; Phillip Gdavid of and Dorris S. Darzid off 1983, 1987, 1993<br />

45. Geography and Air Transport by Graham B<br />

46. geography; of Travel and Tourism, Hudman and Jackson<br />

47. Hutchinsons World Weather Guide by Pearce, E.A.<br />

205


48. discovering Destinations – A Georgraphy Workbook for Travel and Tourism David W. Howell<br />

49. Travel and Tours – a Marketing Perspecive Chiedu Osnni – Lagos<br />

50. Expert Systems in Tourism Marketing by Martinbo and Curry<br />

51. Marketing Tourism Destinations by Health, Ernie<br />

52. Selling the Sea: An inside hook at the cruse industry by Dickinson, Robert H.<br />

53. Selling the City, Ashworth, Gregory<br />

54. Marketing and Selling the Travel Product by Product by;; Burke Resnilc 1991<br />

55. Entertainment, Arts and Cultural Services by Waters, Irene<br />

56. Contemporary Issues in Tourist Development Pearce and Butter<br />

57. Cross Cultural Communication for Tourising and Hospitality Industry by Fitzgerald, Helen<br />

58. Heritage Vistor alterations by Leask and Yeoman<br />

59. Nigeria Land, It’s Art and It’s People: An Anthology b;y Freedrick Lumleg 1977<br />

60. Mancini Marc (1990) Conducting Tours: A Practical Guide Olis, South – Western Publisher Co.<br />

61. IATA/UPTA- International Travel and Tourism Training Programme (Foundation Level)<br />

62. Managing Packaged Tourism Lenchan, Tony<br />

63. Professional Guide: Dynamics of Tour Guiding Pond, K.L<br />

64. Coping with Tourists by Boissvain Jeremy<br />

65. Conducting Tours: A Practical Guide by Marc Manensm<br />

66. Information technology for Travel and Tourism by Inkpen G<br />

67. The Travel Agency; b;y Donalt and Lumberg<br />

68. Travel Agency Practice by Pauline Hotner 1996<br />

69. Airfares Ticketing by; Phillip G. Davidoff, dorris s. Darzidoff 1983, 1987, 1993<br />

70. How to Research and Write a Thesis in Hospitality; and Tourism by Poynter, James<br />

71. Tourism (Foundation on corporate Contract and Technology by William Nimenibo<br />

72. Tourism and Recration Development – Manuel Bonny and Fred Lawson<br />

73. Global Tourism Edited by William F. Theobald<br />

206


74. Tourism: Past, Present and Future – J. Binrart and S. Medik Henneman<br />

75. Tourism Planning; In skeep, Edward<br />

76. Tourism Planning; Basics, Concepts, Cases – Gunn, Clare. A.<br />

77. National and regional Planning: - Methodologies and Case Studies 1994<br />

78. Tourism and recreation in Rural areas, Butler, Richard<br />

79. Tourism and National Parks, Butler, Richard<br />

80. Tourism and Recreation, Lawson F.<br />

81. Leisure and recreation Management Third Edition by George Torkilden, 1983, 1986, 1992.<br />

82. Dimensions of the Hospitality Industry by Dittnner PIR.<br />

83. Entreprenenship in the Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure Industry by Morrison and Rimmington<br />

84. Food and Beverage Management by Devis and Store<br />

85. Hotel and Restaurant Business by; Lunberg, Donald E.<br />

86. Tourism development, AK Bhatia (Sterling Publishers 2001)<br />

87. Global Tourism: The Neset Deccde, Edited by; William F. Theobald, (Bulterwute Heinemann 1994)<br />

88. Tourism Development: - Principles, Processes and Polices by Cavtner and William C.<br />

89. Tourism, Blessing W Light – Young, George Lindin Penguim Books 1973<br />

90. Tourist Development by Pearce, Douglas<br />

91. Private and Commercial recreation by Arlin F. Epperson<br />

92. Financing Managing and Marketing Recreation and Park Resources by Dennis R. Howard/John L.<br />

Crompton<br />

93. Eco-tourism in the less Developed World by Weaver D.B.<br />

94. Tourism A Community approach by Peter R. Murphy<br />

95. Nigeria the Land, It’s Art and It’s People: an Anthology by Fredrick Lumley 1977<br />

96. Festival and Special Event Management by; McDonnell and Allen<br />

97. Manual for Travel Counselors by; Kenneth N. Carlson<br />

98. Principle and Methods of Scheduling Reservation by; David N. Horell<br />

207


99. Business of Tour Operations by; Yale and Pat<br />

100. Hospitality and Tourism Law by Mark Ponitstiz Jenifer Ross, Norman Geddes and Williams Stewart<br />

101. Tourism (Foundation on Corporate Contract and Technology) by William Nimenibo<br />

102. Tourism: Principle, Practice and Philosophies by McIntosh<br />

103. Geography of Travel of Tourism, Boniface and Coper<br />

104. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Wildlife Volume 2<br />

105. Eco-tourism Neil 2 Wearing<br />

106. Sustainable Tourism – a Geographical Perspection by C. Micheal Hall and Al an A Lerve 1998<br />

107 Towards Visitor Impact Management; Glasson, John.<br />

108. Practicing Responsible Tourism, Harrison, L.<br />

109 Psychology of Tourism by Ross, Calenn F.<br />

110. Solving Guest Problems (Video Manual) AAMA<br />

111. Gouang, G.A.N. The Organisation of Tourism in Nigeria<br />

112. Bukart and Mecllik, Tourism Past, Present and Future<br />

113. Middleton, Introduction to Tourism<br />

114. Brown, Global Trends in Tourism<br />

115. Kelber, Tourism Development<br />

116. Bovy, Tourism and Recreation Development<br />

117. Wahale, Tourism Marketing<br />

118. Transport and Tourism, Page, Stephen J.<br />

119. Geography ;and Air Transport, Graham, B<br />

120. How to Research and Write a Thesis in Hospitality and T;ourism, Poynter, James<br />

121. travel, Tourism, and Hospitality Research, Ritchie, JR Brent<br />

122. Researching and Writing Dissertation in Hospitality and Tourism by Clark and Reley<br />

123. Economics of Leisure and Tourism, Bull, A.<br />

124. Leisure and Recreation Management by; George Torkilson<br />

208


125. Tourism Development (Principles and Practices) by A.K. Bhatia<br />

126. Marketing Tourism Destinations, Health, Ernie<br />

127. Practical Tourism Forecasting, Frechtling Douglas C.<br />

128. Selling the City, Ash Worth, Cure Gory<br />

129. Selling the Sea: An Inside Hook at the Cruise Industry, Dickinson, Robert H.<br />

130. Human Resources Management in Tourism & Hospitality by Lee-Ross, Darren.<br />

131. Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure Management by Foley & Lenon.<br />

132. How to Research and write thesis in Hospitality & Tourism by Poynter, James.<br />

133. Travel Tourism and Hospitality Research by Ritchie, JR Brent.<br />

134. Researching and Writing Dissertation in hospitality and Tourism by Clark & Riley.<br />

209


PARTICIPANTS AT <strong>TOURISM</strong> CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT WORKSHOP<br />

YABA – LAGOS<br />

Mr. Philip Egga Naga (Co-ordinator Tourism)<br />

National Inst. For Hospitality & Tourism<br />

Bagauda Lake<br />

P.M.B. 3274, Kano<br />

Telephone 064-632560<br />

E-mail Nitiotours & samdau.com<br />

Philipnaga @ yahoo.com<br />

Ogugua E Okafo [ EDITOR]<br />

National Board for Technical Education<br />

Kaduna<br />

Mrs. Comfort O. Ogbonna (C)<br />

HCM Dept.Tourism Studies<br />

Yaba College of Technology<br />

Yaba Lagos. 01-863710 (Lagos).<br />

Alh. Isa Mohammed Gambo (Co-ordinator Tourism)<br />

Dept. of Catering, Hotel & Tourism Management<br />

College of Science and Technology<br />

Kaduna Polytechnic, Kaduna.<br />

Tel. 062-419503, 419170.<br />

210


Momoh M. Kabir<br />

Academic Secretary<br />

NIHOTOUR. P.M.B. 3274<br />

Baguada Lake,Kano.<br />

064-632560.<br />

Julius D. Amaslim (HOD tourism)<br />

Department of Tourism Studies<br />

Plateau State Polytechnic<br />

Barkin Ladi, Bukuru<br />

P.M.B. 020231,<br />

Plateau State. 08036252313.<br />

Dr. G. O. Falade<br />

Department of Hotel and Catering Management<br />

Federal Polytechnic<br />

P.M.B. 231<br />

Ede, Osun State.<br />

Omojola Titilaye (Mrs)<br />

Nigerian Tourism Development Corporation<br />

113, Ikorodu Road,<br />

Fadeyi<br />

Lagos – 08036301218<br />

211


F. Ifeoma Ekweme (Mrs)<br />

Modotel Nig. Limited<br />

14, Colliery Avenue<br />

GRA Enugu<br />

042-258000.<br />

Mr. Lanre Awoseyin<br />

Publisher/Consultant African Hospitality,<br />

Travel Konsult Ltd.,Kaduna.<br />

08035874781.<br />

E-mail Lanre Owoseyin @ yahoo.co.uk<br />

Alhaji M.N.K. Apaokagi<br />

National Board for Technical Education<br />

P.M.B. 2239<br />

Kaduna<br />

212

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!